xlog.c

Go to the documentation of this file.

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * xlog.c
 *      PostgreSQL write-ahead log manager
 *
 * The Write-Ahead Log (WAL) functionality is split into several source
 * files, in addition to this one:
 *
 * xloginsert.c - Functions for constructing WAL records
 * xlogrecovery.c - WAL recovery and standby code
 * xlogreader.c - Facility for reading WAL files and parsing WAL records
 * xlogutils.c - Helper functions for WAL redo routines
 *
 * This file contains functions for coordinating database startup and
 * checkpointing, and managing the write-ahead log buffers when the
 * system is running.
 *
 * StartupXLOG() is the main entry point of the startup process.  It
 * coordinates database startup, performing WAL recovery, and the
 * transition from WAL recovery into normal operations.
 *
 * XLogInsertRecord() inserts a WAL record into the WAL buffers.  Most
 * callers should not call this directly, but use the functions in
 * xloginsert.c to construct the WAL record.  XLogFlush() can be used
 * to force the WAL to disk.
 *
 * In addition to those, there are many other functions for interrogating
 * the current system state, and for starting/stopping backups.
 *
 *
 * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
 *
 * src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c
 *
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
 
#include "postgres.h"
 
#include <ctype.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
 
#include "access/clog.h"
#include "access/commit_ts.h"
#include "access/heaptoast.h"
#include "access/multixact.h"
#include "access/rewriteheap.h"
#include "access/subtrans.h"
#include "access/timeline.h"
#include "access/transam.h"
#include "access/twophase.h"
#include "access/xact.h"
#include "access/xlog_internal.h"
#include "access/xlogarchive.h"
#include "access/xloginsert.h"
#include "access/xlogreader.h"
#include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
#include "access/xlogutils.h"
#include "access/xlogwait.h"
#include "backup/basebackup.h"
#include "catalog/catversion.h"
#include "catalog/pg_control.h"
#include "catalog/pg_database.h"
#include "common/controldata_utils.h"
#include "common/file_utils.h"
#include "executor/instrument.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "pg_trace.h"
#include "pgstat.h"
#include "port/atomics.h"
#include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
#include "postmaster/datachecksum_state.h"
#include "postmaster/startup.h"
#include "postmaster/walsummarizer.h"
#include "postmaster/walwriter.h"
#include "replication/origin.h"
#include "replication/slot.h"
#include "replication/slotsync.h"
#include "replication/snapbuild.h"
#include "replication/walreceiver.h"
#include "replication/walsender.h"
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
#include "storage/fd.h"
#include "storage/ipc.h"
#include "storage/large_object.h"
#include "storage/latch.h"
#include "storage/predicate.h"
#include "storage/proc.h"
#include "storage/procarray.h"
#include "storage/procsignal.h"
#include "storage/reinit.h"
#include "storage/spin.h"
#include "storage/subsystems.h"
#include "storage/sync.h"
#include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
#include "utils/guc_tables.h"
#include "utils/injection_point.h"
#include "utils/pgstat_internal.h"
#include "utils/ps_status.h"
#include "utils/relmapper.h"
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
#include "utils/timeout.h"
#include "utils/timestamp.h"
#include "utils/varlena.h"
#include "utils/wait_event.h"
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
#include "utils/memutils.h"
#endif
 
/* timeline ID to be used when bootstrapping */
#define BootstrapTimeLineID     1
 
/* User-settable parameters */
int         max_wal_size_mb = 1024; /* 1 GB */
int         min_wal_size_mb = 80;   /* 80 MB */
int         wal_keep_size_mb = 0;
int         XLOGbuffers = -1;
int         XLogArchiveTimeout = 0;
int         XLogArchiveMode = ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF;
char       *XLogArchiveCommand = NULL;
bool        EnableHotStandby = false;
bool        fullPageWrites = true;
bool        wal_log_hints = false;
int         wal_compression = WAL_COMPRESSION_NONE;
char       *wal_consistency_checking_string = NULL;
bool       *wal_consistency_checking = NULL;
bool        wal_init_zero = true;
bool        wal_recycle = true;
bool        log_checkpoints = true;
int         wal_sync_method = DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD;
int         wal_level = WAL_LEVEL_REPLICA;
int         CommitDelay = 0;    /* precommit delay in microseconds */
int         CommitSiblings = 5; /* # concurrent xacts needed to sleep */
int         wal_retrieve_retry_interval = 5000;
int         max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb = -1;
int         wal_decode_buffer_size = 512 * 1024;
bool        track_wal_io_timing = false;
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
bool        XLOG_DEBUG = false;
#endif
 
int         wal_segment_size = DEFAULT_XLOG_SEG_SIZE;
 
/*
 * Number of WAL insertion locks to use. A higher value allows more insertions
 * to happen concurrently, but adds some CPU overhead to flushing the WAL,
 * which needs to iterate all the locks.
 */
#define NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS  8
 
/*
 * Max distance from last checkpoint, before triggering a new xlog-based
 * checkpoint.
 */
int         CheckPointSegments;
 
/* Estimated distance between checkpoints, in bytes */
static double CheckPointDistanceEstimate = 0;
static double PrevCheckPointDistance = 0;
 
/*
 * Track whether there were any deferred checks for custom resource managers
 * specified in wal_consistency_checking.
 */
static bool check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false;
 
/*
 * GUC support
 */
const struct config_enum_entry wal_sync_method_options[] = {
    {"fsync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC, false},
#ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
    {"fsync_writethrough", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH, false},
#endif
    {"fdatasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC, false},
#ifdef O_SYNC
    {"open_sync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN, false},
#endif
#ifdef O_DSYNC
    {"open_datasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC, false},
#endif
    {NULL, 0, false}
};
 
 
/*
 * Although only "on", "off", and "always" are documented,
 * we accept all the likely variants of "on" and "off".
 */
const struct config_enum_entry archive_mode_options[] = {
    {"always", ARCHIVE_MODE_ALWAYS, false},
    {"on", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, false},
    {"off", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, false},
    {"true", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
    {"false", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
    {"yes", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
    {"no", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
    {"1", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
    {"0", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
    {NULL, 0, false}
};
 
/*
 * Statistics for current checkpoint are collected in this global struct.
 * Because only the checkpointer or a stand-alone backend can perform
 * checkpoints, this will be unused in normal backends.
 */
CheckpointStatsData CheckpointStats;
 
/*
 * During recovery, lastFullPageWrites keeps track of full_page_writes that
 * the replayed WAL records indicate. It's initialized with full_page_writes
 * that the recovery starting checkpoint record indicates, and then updated
 * each time XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record is replayed.
 */
static bool lastFullPageWrites;
 
/*
 * Local copy of the state tracked by SharedRecoveryState in shared memory,
 * It is false if SharedRecoveryState is RECOVERY_STATE_DONE.  True actually
 * means "not known, need to check the shared state".
 */
static bool LocalRecoveryInProgress = true;
 
/*
 * Local state for XLogInsertAllowed():
 *      1: unconditionally allowed to insert XLOG
 *      0: unconditionally not allowed to insert XLOG
 *      -1: must check RecoveryInProgress(); disallow until it is false
 * Most processes start with -1 and transition to 1 after seeing that recovery
 * is not in progress.  But we can also force the value for special cases.
 * The coding in XLogInsertAllowed() depends on the first two of these states
 * being numerically the same as bool true and false.
 */
static int  LocalXLogInsertAllowed = -1;
 
/*
 * ProcLastRecPtr points to the start of the last XLOG record inserted by the
 * current backend.  It is updated for all inserts.  XactLastRecEnd points to
 * end+1 of the last record, and is reset when we end a top-level transaction,
 * or start a new one; so it can be used to tell if the current transaction has
 * created any XLOG records.
 *
 * While in parallel mode, this may not be fully up to date.  When committing,
 * a transaction can assume this covers all xlog records written either by the
 * user backend or by any parallel worker which was present at any point during
 * the transaction.  But when aborting, or when still in parallel mode, other
 * parallel backends may have written WAL records at later LSNs than the value
 * stored here.  The parallel leader advances its own copy, when necessary,
 * in WaitForParallelWorkersToFinish.
 */
XLogRecPtr  ProcLastRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
XLogRecPtr  XactLastRecEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
XLogRecPtr  XactLastCommitEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
 
/*
 * RedoRecPtr is this backend's local copy of the REDO record pointer
 * (which is almost but not quite the same as a pointer to the most recent
 * CHECKPOINT record).  We update this from the shared-memory copy,
 * XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr, whenever we can safely do so (ie, when we
 * hold an insertion lock).  See XLogInsertRecord for details.  We are also
 * allowed to update from XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr if we hold the info_lck;
 * see GetRedoRecPtr.
 *
 * NB: Code that uses this variable must be prepared not only for the
 * possibility that it may be arbitrarily out of date, but also for the
 * possibility that it might be set to InvalidXLogRecPtr. We used to
 * initialize it as a side effect of the first call to RecoveryInProgress(),
 * which meant that most code that might use it could assume that it had a
 * real if perhaps stale value. That's no longer the case.
 */
static XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr;
 
/*
 * doPageWrites is this backend's local copy of (fullPageWrites ||
 * runningBackups > 0).  It is used together with RedoRecPtr to decide whether
 * a full-page image of a page need to be taken.
 *
 * NB: Initially this is false, and there's no guarantee that it will be
 * initialized to any other value before it is first used. Any code that
 * makes use of it must recheck the value after obtaining a WALInsertLock,
 * and respond appropriately if it turns out that the previous value wasn't
 * accurate.
 */
static bool doPageWrites;
 
/*----------
 * Shared-memory data structures for XLOG control
 *
 * LogwrtRqst indicates a byte position that we need to write and/or fsync
 * the log up to (all records before that point must be written or fsynced).
 * The positions already written/fsynced are maintained in logWriteResult
 * and logFlushResult using atomic access.
 * In addition to the shared variable, each backend has a private copy of
 * both in LogwrtResult, which is updated when convenient.
 *
 * The request bookkeeping is simpler: there is a shared XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst
 * (protected by info_lck), but we don't need to cache any copies of it.
 *
 * info_lck is only held long enough to read/update the protected variables,
 * so it's a plain spinlock.  The other locks are held longer (potentially
 * over I/O operations), so we use LWLocks for them.  These locks are:
 *
 * WALBufMappingLock: must be held to replace a page in the WAL buffer cache.
 * It is only held while initializing and changing the mapping.  If the
 * contents of the buffer being replaced haven't been written yet, the mapping
 * lock is released while the write is done, and reacquired afterwards.
 *
 * WALWriteLock: must be held to write WAL buffers to disk (XLogWrite or
 * XLogFlush).
 *
 * ControlFileLock: must be held to read/update control file or create
 * new log file.
 *
 *----------
 */
 
typedef struct XLogwrtRqst
{
    XLogRecPtr  Write;          /* last byte + 1 to write out */
    XLogRecPtr  Flush;          /* last byte + 1 to flush */
} XLogwrtRqst;
 
typedef struct XLogwrtResult
{
    XLogRecPtr  Write;          /* last byte + 1 written out */
    XLogRecPtr  Flush;          /* last byte + 1 flushed */
} XLogwrtResult;
 
/*
 * Inserting to WAL is protected by a small fixed number of WAL insertion
 * locks. To insert to the WAL, you must hold one of the locks - it doesn't
 * matter which one. To lock out other concurrent insertions, you must hold
 * of them. Each WAL insertion lock consists of a lightweight lock, plus an
 * indicator of how far the insertion has progressed (insertingAt).
 *
 * The insertingAt values are read when a process wants to flush WAL from
 * the in-memory buffers to disk, to check that all the insertions to the
 * region the process is about to write out have finished. You could simply
 * wait for all currently in-progress insertions to finish, but the
 * insertingAt indicator allows you to ignore insertions to later in the WAL,
 * so that you only wait for the insertions that are modifying the buffers
 * you're about to write out.
 *
 * This isn't just an optimization. If all the WAL buffers are dirty, an
 * inserter that's holding a WAL insert lock might need to evict an old WAL
 * buffer, which requires flushing the WAL. If it's possible for an inserter
 * to block on another inserter unnecessarily, deadlock can arise when two
 * inserters holding a WAL insert lock wait for each other to finish their
 * insertion.
 *
 * Small WAL records that don't cross a page boundary never update the value,
 * the WAL record is just copied to the page and the lock is released. But
 * to avoid the deadlock-scenario explained above, the indicator is always
 * updated before sleeping while holding an insertion lock.
 *
 * lastImportantAt contains the LSN of the last important WAL record inserted
 * using a given lock. This value is used to detect if there has been
 * important WAL activity since the last time some action, like a checkpoint,
 * was performed - allowing to not repeat the action if not. The LSN is
 * updated for all insertions, unless the XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT flag was
 * set. lastImportantAt is never cleared, only overwritten by the LSN of newer
 * records.  Tracking the WAL activity directly in WALInsertLock has the
 * advantage of not needing any additional locks to update the value.
 */
typedef struct
{
    LWLock      lock;
    pg_atomic_uint64 insertingAt;
    XLogRecPtr  lastImportantAt;
} WALInsertLock;
 
/*
 * All the WAL insertion locks are allocated as an array in shared memory. We
 * force the array stride to be a power of 2, which saves a few cycles in
 * indexing, but more importantly also ensures that individual slots don't
 * cross cache line boundaries. (Of course, we have to also ensure that the
 * array start address is suitably aligned.)
 */
typedef union WALInsertLockPadded
{
    WALInsertLock l;
    char        pad[PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE];
} WALInsertLockPadded;
 
/*
 * Session status of running backup, used for sanity checks in SQL-callable
 * functions to start and stop backups.
 */
static SessionBackupState sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
 
/*
 * Shared state data for WAL insertion.
 */
typedef struct XLogCtlInsert
{
    slock_t     insertpos_lck;  /* protects CurrBytePos and PrevBytePos */
 
    /*
     * CurrBytePos is the end of reserved WAL. The next record will be
     * inserted at that position. PrevBytePos is the start position of the
     * previously inserted (or rather, reserved) record - it is copied to the
     * prev-link of the next record. These are stored as "usable byte
     * positions" rather than XLogRecPtrs (see XLogBytePosToRecPtr()).
     */
    uint64      CurrBytePos;
    uint64      PrevBytePos;
 
    /*
     * Make sure the above heavily-contended spinlock and byte positions are
     * on their own cache line. In particular, the RedoRecPtr and full page
     * write variables below should be on a different cache line. They are
     * read on every WAL insertion, but updated rarely, and we don't want
     * those reads to steal the cache line containing Curr/PrevBytePos.
     */
    char        pad[PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE];
 
    /*
     * fullPageWrites is the authoritative value used by all backends to
     * determine whether to write full-page image to WAL. This shared value,
     * instead of the process-local fullPageWrites, is required because, when
     * full_page_writes is changed by SIGHUP, we must WAL-log it before it
     * actually affects WAL-logging by backends.  Checkpointer sets at startup
     * or after SIGHUP.
     *
     * To read these fields, you must hold an insertion lock. To modify them,
     * you must hold ALL the locks.
     */
    XLogRecPtr  RedoRecPtr;     /* current redo point for insertions */
    bool        fullPageWrites;
 
    /*
     * runningBackups is a counter indicating the number of backups currently
     * in progress. lastBackupStart is the latest checkpoint redo location
     * used as a starting point for an online backup.
     */
    int         runningBackups;
    XLogRecPtr  lastBackupStart;
 
    /*
     * WAL insertion locks.
     */
    WALInsertLockPadded *WALInsertLocks;
} XLogCtlInsert;
 
/*
 * Total shared-memory state for XLOG.
 */
typedef struct XLogCtlData
{
    XLogCtlInsert Insert;
 
    /* Protected by info_lck: */
    XLogwrtRqst LogwrtRqst;
    XLogRecPtr  RedoRecPtr;     /* a recent copy of Insert->RedoRecPtr */
    XLogRecPtr  asyncXactLSN;   /* LSN of newest async commit/abort */
    XLogRecPtr  replicationSlotMinLSN;  /* oldest LSN needed by any slot */
 
    XLogSegNo   lastRemovedSegNo;   /* latest removed/recycled XLOG segment */
 
    /* Fake LSN counter, for unlogged relations. */
    pg_atomic_uint64 unloggedLSN;
 
    /* Time and LSN of last xlog segment switch. Protected by WALWriteLock. */
    pg_time_t   lastSegSwitchTime;
    XLogRecPtr  lastSegSwitchLSN;
 
    /* These are accessed using atomics -- info_lck not needed */
    pg_atomic_uint64 logInsertResult;   /* last byte + 1 inserted to buffers */
    pg_atomic_uint64 logWriteResult;    /* last byte + 1 written out */
    pg_atomic_uint64 logFlushResult;    /* last byte + 1 flushed */
 
    /*
     * Latest initialized page in the cache (last byte position + 1).
     *
     * To change the identity of a buffer (and InitializedUpTo), you need to
     * hold WALBufMappingLock.  To change the identity of a buffer that's
     * still dirty, the old page needs to be written out first, and for that
     * you need WALWriteLock, and you need to ensure that there are no
     * in-progress insertions to the page by calling
     * WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish().
     */
    XLogRecPtr  InitializedUpTo;
 
    /*
     * These values do not change after startup, although the pointed-to pages
     * and xlblocks values certainly do.  xlblocks values are protected by
     * WALBufMappingLock.
     */
    char       *pages;          /* buffers for unwritten XLOG pages */
    pg_atomic_uint64 *xlblocks; /* 1st byte ptr-s + XLOG_BLCKSZ */
    int         XLogCacheBlck;  /* highest allocated xlog buffer index */
 
    /*
     * InsertTimeLineID is the timeline into which new WAL is being inserted
     * and flushed. It is zero during recovery, and does not change once set.
     *
     * If we create a new timeline when the system was started up,
     * PrevTimeLineID is the old timeline's ID that we forked off from.
     * Otherwise it's equal to InsertTimeLineID.
     *
     * We set these fields while holding info_lck. Most that reads these
     * values knows that recovery is no longer in progress and so can safely
     * read the value without a lock, but code that could be run either during
     * or after recovery can take info_lck while reading these values.
     */
    TimeLineID  InsertTimeLineID;
    TimeLineID  PrevTimeLineID;
 
    /*
     * SharedRecoveryState indicates if we're still in crash or archive
     * recovery.  Protected by info_lck.
     */
    RecoveryState SharedRecoveryState;
 
    /*
     * InstallXLogFileSegmentActive indicates whether the checkpointer should
     * arrange for future segments by recycling and/or PreallocXlogFiles().
     * Protected by ControlFileLock.  Only the startup process changes it.  If
     * true, anyone can use InstallXLogFileSegment().  If false, the startup
     * process owns the exclusive right to install segments, by reading from
     * the archive and possibly replacing existing files.
     */
    bool        InstallXLogFileSegmentActive;
 
    /*
     * WalWriterSleeping indicates whether the WAL writer is currently in
     * low-power mode (and hence should be nudged if an async commit occurs).
     * Protected by info_lck.
     */
    bool        WalWriterSleeping;
 
    /*
     * During recovery, we keep a copy of the latest checkpoint record here.
     * lastCheckPointRecPtr points to start of checkpoint record and
     * lastCheckPointEndPtr points to end+1 of checkpoint record.  Used by the
     * checkpointer when it wants to create a restartpoint.
     *
     * Protected by info_lck.
     */
    XLogRecPtr  lastCheckPointRecPtr;
    XLogRecPtr  lastCheckPointEndPtr;
    CheckPoint  lastCheckPoint;
 
    /*
     * lastFpwDisableRecPtr points to the start of the last replayed
     * XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record that instructs full_page_writes is disabled.
     */
    XLogRecPtr  lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
 
    /* last data_checksum_version we've seen */
    uint32      data_checksum_version;
 
    slock_t     info_lck;       /* locks shared variables shown above */
} XLogCtlData;
 
/*
 * Classification of XLogInsertRecord operations.
 */
typedef enum
{
    WALINSERT_NORMAL,
    WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH,
    WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT
} WalInsertClass;
 
static XLogCtlData *XLogCtl = NULL;
 
/* a private copy of XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks, for convenience */
static WALInsertLockPadded *WALInsertLocks = NULL;
 
/*
 * We maintain an image of pg_control in shared memory.
 */
static ControlFileData *LocalControlFile = NULL;
static ControlFileData *ControlFile = NULL;
 
static void XLOGShmemRequest(void *arg);
static void XLOGShmemInit(void *arg);
static void XLOGShmemAttach(void *arg);
 
const ShmemCallbacks XLOGShmemCallbacks = {
    .request_fn = XLOGShmemRequest,
    .init_fn = XLOGShmemInit,
    .attach_fn = XLOGShmemAttach,
};
 
/*
 * Calculate the amount of space left on the page after 'endptr'. Beware
 * multiple evaluation!
 */
#define INSERT_FREESPACE(endptr)    \
    (((endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ == 0) ? 0 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - (endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ))
 
/* Macro to advance to next buffer index. */
#define NextBufIdx(idx)     \
        (((idx) == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck) ? 0 : ((idx) + 1))
 
/*
 * XLogRecPtrToBufIdx returns the index of the WAL buffer that holds, or
 * would hold if it was in cache, the page containing 'recptr'.
 */
#define XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr)  \
    (((recptr) / XLOG_BLCKSZ) % (XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck + 1))
 
/*
 * These are the number of bytes in a WAL page usable for WAL data.
 */
#define UsableBytesInPage (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogShortPHD)
 
/*
 * Convert values of GUCs measured in megabytes to equiv. segment count.
 * Rounds down.
 */
#define ConvertToXSegs(x, segsize)  XLogMBVarToSegs((x), (segsize))
 
/* The number of bytes in a WAL segment usable for WAL data. */
static int  UsableBytesInSegment;
 
/*
 * Private, possibly out-of-date copy of shared LogwrtResult.
 * See discussion above.
 */
static XLogwrtResult LogwrtResult = {0, 0};
 
/*
 * Update local copy of shared XLogCtl->log{Write,Flush}Result
 *
 * It's critical that Flush always trails Write, so the order of the reads is
 * important, as is the barrier.  See also XLogWrite.
 */
#define RefreshXLogWriteResult(_target) \
    do { \
        _target.Flush = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult); \
        pg_read_barrier(); \
        _target.Write = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult); \
    } while (0)
 
/*
 * openLogFile is -1 or a kernel FD for an open log file segment.
 * openLogSegNo identifies the segment, and openLogTLI the corresponding TLI.
 * These variables are only used to write the XLOG, and so will normally refer
 * to the active segment.
 *
 * Note: call Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD to track consumption of this FD.
 */
static int  openLogFile = -1;
static XLogSegNo openLogSegNo = 0;
static TimeLineID openLogTLI = 0;
 
/*
 * Local copies of equivalent fields in the control file.  When running
 * crash recovery, LocalMinRecoveryPoint is set to InvalidXLogRecPtr as we
 * expect to replay all the WAL available, and updateMinRecoveryPoint is
 * switched to false to prevent any updates while replaying records.
 * Those values are kept consistent as long as crash recovery runs.
 */
static XLogRecPtr LocalMinRecoveryPoint;
static TimeLineID LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI;
static bool updateMinRecoveryPoint = true;
 
/*
 * Local state for ControlFile data_checksum_version.  After initialization
 * this is only updated when absorbing a procsignal barrier during interrupt
 * processing.  The reason for keeping a copy in backend-private memory is to
 * avoid locking for interrogating the data checksum state.  Possible values
 * are the data checksum versions defined in storage/checksum.h.
 */
static ChecksumStateType LocalDataChecksumState = 0;
 
/*
 * Variable backing the GUC, keep it in sync with LocalDataChecksumState.
 * See SetLocalDataChecksumState().
 */
int         data_checksums = 0;
 
/* For WALInsertLockAcquire/Release functions */
static int  MyLockNo = 0;
static bool holdingAllLocks = false;
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
static MemoryContext walDebugCxt = NULL;
#endif
 
static void CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI,
                                        XLogRecPtr EndOfLog,
                                        TimeLineID newTLI);
static void CheckRequiredParameterValues(void);
static void XLogReportParameters(void);
static int  LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void);
static void CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void);
static XLogRecPtr CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn,
                                                  XLogRecPtr pagePtr,
                                                  TimeLineID newTLI);
static void CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags);
static void KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo);
 
static void AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli,
                                  bool opportunistic);
static void XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible);
static bool InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath,
                                   bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno,
                                   TimeLineID tli);
static void XLogFileClose(void);
static void PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli);
static void RemoveTempXlogFiles(void);
static void RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr,
                               XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID insertTLI);
static void RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de,
                           XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo,
                           TimeLineID insertTLI);
static void UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename);
static void ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void);
static void CleanupBackupHistory(void);
static void UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force);
static bool PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void);
static void InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier, uint32 data_checksum_version);
static void WriteControlFile(void);
static void ReadControlFile(void);
static void UpdateControlFile(void);
static char *str_time(pg_time_t tnow, char *buf, size_t bufsize);
 
static int  get_sync_bit(int method);
 
static void CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch,
                                XLogRecData *rdata,
                                XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos,
                                TimeLineID tli);
static void ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos,
                                      XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr);
static bool ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos,
                              XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr);
static XLogRecPtr WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto);
static char *GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli);
static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos);
static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos);
static uint64 XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr);
 
static void WALInsertLockAcquire(void);
static void WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void);
static void WALInsertLockRelease(void);
static void WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt);
 
static void XLogChecksums(uint32 new_type);
 
/*
 * Insert an XLOG record represented by an already-constructed chain of data
 * chunks.  This is a low-level routine; to construct the WAL record header
 * and data, use the higher-level routines in xloginsert.c.
 *
 * If 'fpw_lsn' is valid, it is the oldest LSN among the pages that this
 * WAL record applies to, that were not included in the record as full page
 * images.  If fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr, the function does not perform the
 * insertion and returns InvalidXLogRecPtr.  The caller can then recalculate
 * which pages need a full-page image, and retry.  If fpw_lsn is invalid, the
 * record is always inserted.
 *
 * 'flags' gives more in-depth control on the record being inserted. See
 * XLogSetRecordFlags() for details.
 *
 * 'topxid_included' tells whether the top-transaction id is logged along with
 * current subtransaction. See XLogRecordAssemble().
 *
 * The first XLogRecData in the chain must be for the record header, and its
 * data must be MAXALIGNed.  XLogInsertRecord fills in the xl_prev and
 * xl_crc fields in the header, the rest of the header must already be filled
 * by the caller.
 *
 * Returns XLOG pointer to end of record (beginning of next record).
 * This can be used as LSN for data pages affected by the logged action.
 * (LSN is the XLOG point up to which the XLOG must be flushed to disk
 * before the data page can be written out.  This implements the basic
 * WAL rule "write the log before the data".)
 */
XLogRecPtr
XLogInsertRecord(XLogRecData *rdata,
                 XLogRecPtr fpw_lsn,
                 uint8 flags,
                 int num_fpi,
                 uint64 fpi_bytes,
                 bool topxid_included)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    pg_crc32c   rdata_crc;
    bool        inserted;
    XLogRecord *rechdr = (XLogRecord *) rdata->data;
    uint8       info = rechdr->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
    WalInsertClass class = WALINSERT_NORMAL;
    XLogRecPtr  StartPos;
    XLogRecPtr  EndPos;
    bool        prevDoPageWrites = doPageWrites;
    TimeLineID  insertTLI;
 
    /* Does this record type require special handling? */
    if (unlikely(rechdr->xl_rmid == RM_XLOG_ID))
    {
        if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
            class = WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH;
        else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
            class = WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT;
    }
 
    /* we assume that all of the record header is in the first chunk */
    Assert(rdata->len >= SizeOfXLogRecord);
 
    /* cross-check on whether we should be here or not */
    if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
        elog(ERROR, "cannot make new WAL entries during recovery");
 
    /*
     * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
     * change, so we can read it without a lock.
     */
    insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
 
    /*----------
     *
     * We have now done all the preparatory work we can without holding a
     * lock or modifying shared state. From here on, inserting the new WAL
     * record to the shared WAL buffer cache is a two-step process:
     *
     * 1. Reserve the right amount of space from the WAL. The current head of
     *    reserved space is kept in Insert->CurrBytePos, and is protected by
     *    insertpos_lck.
     *
     * 2. Copy the record to the reserved WAL space. This involves finding the
     *    correct WAL buffer containing the reserved space, and copying the
     *    record in place. This can be done concurrently in multiple processes.
     *
     * To keep track of which insertions are still in-progress, each concurrent
     * inserter acquires an insertion lock. In addition to just indicating that
     * an insertion is in progress, the lock tells others how far the inserter
     * has progressed. There is a small fixed number of insertion locks,
     * determined by NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS. When an inserter crosses a page
     * boundary, it updates the value stored in the lock to the how far it has
     * inserted, to allow the previous buffer to be flushed.
     *
     * Holding onto an insertion lock also protects RedoRecPtr and
     * fullPageWrites from changing until the insertion is finished.
     *
     * Step 2 can usually be done completely in parallel. If the required WAL
     * page is not initialized yet, you have to grab WALBufMappingLock to
     * initialize it, but the WAL writer tries to do that ahead of insertions
     * to avoid that from happening in the critical path.
     *
     *----------
     */
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    if (likely(class == WALINSERT_NORMAL))
    {
        WALInsertLockAcquire();
 
        /*
         * Check to see if my copy of RedoRecPtr is out of date. If so, may
         * have to go back and have the caller recompute everything. This can
         * only happen just after a checkpoint, so it's better to be slow in
         * this case and fast otherwise.
         *
         * Also check to see if fullPageWrites was just turned on or there's a
         * running backup (which forces full-page writes); if we weren't
         * already doing full-page writes then go back and recompute.
         *
         * If we aren't doing full-page writes then RedoRecPtr doesn't
         * actually affect the contents of the XLOG record, so we'll update
         * our local copy but not force a recomputation.  (If doPageWrites was
         * just turned off, we could recompute the record without full pages,
         * but we choose not to bother.)
         */
        if (RedoRecPtr != Insert->RedoRecPtr)
        {
            Assert(RedoRecPtr < Insert->RedoRecPtr);
            RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr;
        }
        doPageWrites = (Insert->fullPageWrites || Insert->runningBackups > 0);
 
        if (doPageWrites &&
            (!prevDoPageWrites ||
             (XLogRecPtrIsValid(fpw_lsn) && fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr)))
        {
            /*
             * Oops, some buffer now needs to be backed up that the caller
             * didn't back up.  Start over.
             */
            WALInsertLockRelease();
            END_CRIT_SECTION();
            return InvalidXLogRecPtr;
        }
 
        /*
         * Reserve space for the record in the WAL. This also sets the xl_prev
         * pointer.
         */
        ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
                                  &rechdr->xl_prev);
 
        /* Normal records are always inserted. */
        inserted = true;
    }
    else if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
    {
        /*
         * In order to insert an XLOG_SWITCH record, we need to hold all of
         * the WAL insertion locks, not just one, so that no one else can
         * begin inserting a record until we've figured out how much space
         * remains in the current WAL segment and claimed all of it.
         *
         * Nonetheless, this case is simpler than the normal cases handled
         * below, which must check for changes in doPageWrites and RedoRecPtr.
         * Those checks are only needed for records that can contain buffer
         * references, and an XLOG_SWITCH record never does.
         */
        Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsValid(fpw_lsn));
        WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
        inserted = ReserveXLogSwitch(&StartPos, &EndPos, &rechdr->xl_prev);
    }
    else
    {
        Assert(class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT);
 
        /*
         * We need to update both the local and shared copies of RedoRecPtr,
         * which means that we need to hold all the WAL insertion locks.
         * However, there can't be any buffer references, so as above, we need
         * not check RedoRecPtr before inserting the record; we just need to
         * update it afterwards.
         */
        Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsValid(fpw_lsn));
        WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
        ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
                                  &rechdr->xl_prev);
        RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr = StartPos;
        inserted = true;
    }
 
    if (inserted)
    {
        /*
         * Now that xl_prev has been filled in, calculate CRC of the record
         * header.
         */
        rdata_crc = rechdr->xl_crc;
        COMP_CRC32C(rdata_crc, rechdr, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
        FIN_CRC32C(rdata_crc);
        rechdr->xl_crc = rdata_crc;
 
        /*
         * All the record data, including the header, is now ready to be
         * inserted. Copy the record in the space reserved.
         */
        CopyXLogRecordToWAL(rechdr->xl_tot_len,
                            class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH, rdata,
                            StartPos, EndPos, insertTLI);
 
        /*
         * Unless record is flagged as not important, update LSN of last
         * important record in the current slot. When holding all locks, just
         * update the first one.
         */
        if ((flags & XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT) == 0)
        {
            int         lockno = holdingAllLocks ? 0 : MyLockNo;
 
            WALInsertLocks[lockno].l.lastImportantAt = StartPos;
        }
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * This was an xlog-switch record, but the current insert location was
         * already exactly at the beginning of a segment, so there was no need
         * to do anything.
         */
    }
 
    /*
     * Done! Let others know that we're finished.
     */
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    MarkCurrentTransactionIdLoggedIfAny();
 
    /*
     * Mark top transaction id is logged (if needed) so that we should not try
     * to log it again with the next WAL record in the current subtransaction.
     */
    if (topxid_included)
        MarkSubxactTopXidLogged();
 
    /*
     * Update shared LogwrtRqst.Write, if we crossed page boundary.
     */
    if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
    {
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        /* advance global request to include new block(s) */
        if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < EndPos)
            XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndPos;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
    }
 
    /*
     * If this was an XLOG_SWITCH record, flush the record and the empty
     * padding space that fills the rest of the segment, and perform
     * end-of-segment actions (eg, notifying archiver).
     */
    if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
    {
        TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_SWITCH();
        XLogFlush(EndPos);
 
        /*
         * Even though we reserved the rest of the segment for us, which is
         * reflected in EndPos, we return a pointer to just the end of the
         * xlog-switch record.
         */
        if (inserted)
        {
            EndPos = StartPos + SizeOfXLogRecord;
            if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
            {
                uint64      offset = XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size);
 
                if (offset == EndPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ)
                    EndPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
                else
                    EndPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
            }
        }
    }
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
    if (XLOG_DEBUG)
    {
        static XLogReaderState *debug_reader = NULL;
        XLogRecord *record;
        DecodedXLogRecord *decoded;
        StringInfoData buf;
        StringInfoData recordBuf;
        char       *errormsg = NULL;
        MemoryContext oldCxt;
 
        oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(walDebugCxt);
 
        initStringInfo(&buf);
        appendStringInfo(&buf, "INSERT @ %X/%08X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPos));
 
        /*
         * We have to piece together the WAL record data from the XLogRecData
         * entries, so that we can pass it to the rm_desc function as one
         * contiguous chunk.
         */
        initStringInfo(&recordBuf);
        for (; rdata != NULL; rdata = rdata->next)
            appendBinaryStringInfo(&recordBuf, rdata->data, rdata->len);
 
        /* We also need temporary space to decode the record. */
        record = (XLogRecord *) recordBuf.data;
        decoded = (DecodedXLogRecord *)
            palloc(DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(record->xl_tot_len));
 
        if (!debug_reader)
            debug_reader = XLogReaderAllocate(wal_segment_size, NULL,
                                              XL_ROUTINE(.page_read = NULL,
                                                         .segment_open = NULL,
                                                         .segment_close = NULL),
                                              NULL);
        if (!debug_reader)
        {
            appendStringInfoString(&buf, "error decoding record: out of memory while allocating a WAL reading processor");
        }
        else if (!DecodeXLogRecord(debug_reader,
                                   decoded,
                                   record,
                                   EndPos,
                                   &errormsg))
        {
            appendStringInfo(&buf, "error decoding record: %s",
                             errormsg ? errormsg : "no error message");
        }
        else
        {
            appendStringInfoString(&buf, " - ");
 
            debug_reader->record = decoded;
            xlog_outdesc(&buf, debug_reader);
            debug_reader->record = NULL;
        }
        elog(LOG, "%s", buf.data);
 
        pfree(decoded);
        pfree(buf.data);
        pfree(recordBuf.data);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
    }
#endif
 
    /*
     * Update our global variables
     */
    ProcLastRecPtr = StartPos;
    XactLastRecEnd = EndPos;
 
    /* Report WAL traffic to the instrumentation. */
    if (inserted)
    {
        pgWalUsage.wal_bytes += rechdr->xl_tot_len;
        pgWalUsage.wal_records++;
        pgWalUsage.wal_fpi += num_fpi;
        pgWalUsage.wal_fpi_bytes += fpi_bytes;
 
        /* Required for the flush of pending stats WAL data */
        pgstat_report_fixed = true;
    }
 
    return EndPos;
}
 
/*
 * Reserves the right amount of space for a record of given size from the WAL.
 * *StartPos is set to the beginning of the reserved section, *EndPos to
 * its end+1. *PrevPtr is set to the beginning of the previous record; it is
 * used to set the xl_prev of this record.
 *
 * This is the performance critical part of XLogInsert that must be serialized
 * across backends. The rest can happen mostly in parallel. Try to keep this
 * section as short as possible, insertpos_lck can be heavily contended on a
 * busy system.
 *
 * NB: The space calculation here must match the code in CopyXLogRecordToWAL,
 * where we actually copy the record to the reserved space.
 *
 * NB: Testing shows that XLogInsertRecord runs faster if this code is inlined;
 * however, because there are two call sites, the compiler is reluctant to
 * inline. We use pg_attribute_always_inline here to try to convince it.
 */
static pg_attribute_always_inline void
ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos,
                          XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    uint64      startbytepos;
    uint64      endbytepos;
    uint64      prevbytepos;
 
    size = MAXALIGN(size);
 
    /* All (non xlog-switch) records should contain data. */
    Assert(size > SizeOfXLogRecord);
 
    /*
     * The duration the spinlock needs to be held is minimized by minimizing
     * the calculations that have to be done while holding the lock. The
     * current tip of reserved WAL is kept in CurrBytePos, as a byte position
     * that only counts "usable" bytes in WAL, that is, it excludes all WAL
     * page headers. The mapping between "usable" byte positions and physical
     * positions (XLogRecPtrs) can be done outside the locked region, and
     * because the usable byte position doesn't include any headers, reserving
     * X bytes from WAL is almost as simple as "CurrBytePos += X".
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
 
    startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
    endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
    prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
    Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
    Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
 
    SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
 
    *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
    *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
    *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
 
    /*
     * Check that the conversions between "usable byte positions" and
     * XLogRecPtrs work consistently in both directions.
     */
    Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
    Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
    Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
}
 
/*
 * Like ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), but for an xlog-switch record.
 *
 * A log-switch record is handled slightly differently. The rest of the
 * segment will be reserved for this insertion, as indicated by the returned
 * *EndPos value. However, if we are already at the beginning of the current
 * segment, *StartPos and *EndPos are set to the current location without
 * reserving any space, and the function returns false.
*/
static bool
ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    uint64      startbytepos;
    uint64      endbytepos;
    uint64      prevbytepos;
    uint32      size = MAXALIGN(SizeOfXLogRecord);
    XLogRecPtr  ptr;
    uint32      segleft;
 
    /*
     * These calculations are a bit heavy-weight to be done while holding a
     * spinlock, but since we're holding all the WAL insertion locks, there
     * are no other inserters competing for it. GetXLogInsertRecPtr() does
     * compete for it, but that's not called very frequently.
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
 
    startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
 
    ptr = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(startbytepos);
    if (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) == 0)
    {
        SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
        *EndPos = *StartPos = ptr;
        return false;
    }
 
    endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
    prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
 
    *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
    *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
 
    segleft = wal_segment_size - XLogSegmentOffset(*EndPos, wal_segment_size);
    if (segleft != wal_segment_size)
    {
        /* consume the rest of the segment */
        *EndPos += segleft;
        endbytepos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos);
    }
    Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
    Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
 
    SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
 
    *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
 
    Assert(XLogSegmentOffset(*EndPos, wal_segment_size) == 0);
    Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
    Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
    Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Subroutine of XLogInsertRecord.  Copies a WAL record to an already-reserved
 * area in the WAL.
 */
static void
CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch, XLogRecData *rdata,
                    XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos, TimeLineID tli)
{
    char       *currpos;
    int         freespace;
    int         written;
    XLogRecPtr  CurrPos;
    XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
 
    /*
     * Get a pointer to the right place in the right WAL buffer to start
     * inserting to.
     */
    CurrPos = StartPos;
    currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
    freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
 
    /*
     * there should be enough space for at least the first field (xl_tot_len)
     * on this page.
     */
    Assert(freespace >= sizeof(uint32));
 
    /* Copy record data */
    written = 0;
    while (rdata != NULL)
    {
        const char *rdata_data = rdata->data;
        int         rdata_len = rdata->len;
 
        while (rdata_len > freespace)
        {
            /*
             * Write what fits on this page, and continue on the next page.
             */
            Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || freespace == 0);
            memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, freespace);
            rdata_data += freespace;
            rdata_len -= freespace;
            written += freespace;
            CurrPos += freespace;
 
            /*
             * Get pointer to beginning of next page, and set the xlp_rem_len
             * in the page header. Set XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD.
             *
             * It's safe to set the contrecord flag and xlp_rem_len without a
             * lock on the page. All the other flags were already set when the
             * page was initialized, in AdvanceXLInsertBuffer, and we're the
             * only backend that needs to set the contrecord flag.
             */
            currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
            pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) currpos;
            pagehdr->xlp_rem_len = write_len - written;
            pagehdr->xlp_info |= XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD;
 
            /* skip over the page header */
            if (XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
            {
                CurrPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
                currpos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
            }
            else
            {
                CurrPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
                currpos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
            }
            freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
        }
 
        Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || rdata_len == 0);
        memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, rdata_len);
        currpos += rdata_len;
        CurrPos += rdata_len;
        freespace -= rdata_len;
        written += rdata_len;
 
        rdata = rdata->next;
    }
    Assert(written == write_len);
 
    /*
     * If this was an xlog-switch, it's not enough to write the switch record,
     * we also have to consume all the remaining space in the WAL segment.  We
     * have already reserved that space, but we need to actually fill it.
     */
    if (isLogSwitch && XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) != 0)
    {
        /* An xlog-switch record doesn't contain any data besides the header */
        Assert(write_len == SizeOfXLogRecord);
 
        /* Assert that we did reserve the right amount of space */
        Assert(XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size) == 0);
 
        /* Use up all the remaining space on the current page */
        CurrPos += freespace;
 
        /*
         * Cause all remaining pages in the segment to be flushed, leaving the
         * XLog position where it should be, at the start of the next segment.
         * We do this one page at a time, to make sure we don't deadlock
         * against ourselves if wal_buffers < wal_segment_size.
         */
        while (CurrPos < EndPos)
        {
            /*
             * The minimal action to flush the page would be to call
             * WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(CurrPos) followed by
             * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(...).  The page would be left initialized
             * mostly to zeros, except for the page header (always the short
             * variant, as this is never a segment's first page).
             *
             * The large vistas of zeros are good for compressibility, but the
             * headers interrupting them every XLOG_BLCKSZ (with values that
             * differ from page to page) are not.  The effect varies with
             * compression tool, but bzip2 for instance compresses about an
             * order of magnitude worse if those headers are left in place.
             *
             * Rather than complicating AdvanceXLInsertBuffer itself (which is
             * called in heavily-loaded circumstances as well as this lightly-
             * loaded one) with variant behavior, we just use GetXLogBuffer
             * (which itself calls the two methods we need) to get the pointer
             * and zero most of the page.  Then we just zero the page header.
             */
            currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
            MemSet(currpos, 0, SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
 
            CurrPos += XLOG_BLCKSZ;
        }
    }
    else
    {
        /* Align the end position, so that the next record starts aligned */
        CurrPos = MAXALIGN64(CurrPos);
    }
 
    if (CurrPos != EndPos)
        ereport(PANIC,
                errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                errmsg_internal("space reserved for WAL record does not match what was written"));
}
 
/*
 * Acquire a WAL insertion lock, for inserting to WAL.
 */
static void
WALInsertLockAcquire(void)
{
    bool        immed;
 
    /*
     * It doesn't matter which of the WAL insertion locks we acquire, so try
     * the one we used last time.  If the system isn't particularly busy, it's
     * a good bet that it's still available, and it's good to have some
     * affinity to a particular lock so that you don't unnecessarily bounce
     * cache lines between processes when there's no contention.
     *
     * If this is the first time through in this backend, pick a lock
     * (semi-)randomly.  This allows the locks to be used evenly if you have a
     * lot of very short connections.
     */
    static int  lockToTry = -1;
 
    if (lockToTry == -1)
        lockToTry = MyProcNumber % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
    MyLockNo = lockToTry;
 
    /*
     * The insertingAt value is initially set to 0, as we don't know our
     * insert location yet.
     */
    immed = LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    if (!immed)
    {
        /*
         * If we couldn't get the lock immediately, try another lock next
         * time.  On a system with more insertion locks than concurrent
         * inserters, this causes all the inserters to eventually migrate to a
         * lock that no-one else is using.  On a system with more inserters
         * than locks, it still helps to distribute the inserters evenly
         * across the locks.
         */
        lockToTry = (lockToTry + 1) % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
    }
}
 
/*
 * Acquire all WAL insertion locks, to prevent other backends from inserting
 * to WAL.
 */
static void
WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void)
{
    int         i;
 
    /*
     * When holding all the locks, all but the last lock's insertingAt
     * indicator is set to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF, which is higher than any real
     * XLogRecPtr value, to make sure that no-one blocks waiting on those.
     */
    for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1; i++)
    {
        LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
                        &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
                        PG_UINT64_MAX);
    }
    /* Variable value reset to 0 at release */
    LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
    holdingAllLocks = true;
}
 
/*
 * Release our insertion lock (or locks, if we're holding them all).
 *
 * NB: Reset all variables to 0, so they cause LWLockWaitForVar to block the
 * next time the lock is acquired.
 */
static void
WALInsertLockRelease(void)
{
    if (holdingAllLocks)
    {
        int         i;
 
        for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
            LWLockReleaseClearVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
                                  &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
                                  0);
 
        holdingAllLocks = false;
    }
    else
    {
        LWLockReleaseClearVar(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock,
                              &WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.insertingAt,
                              0);
    }
}
 
/*
 * Update our insertingAt value, to let others know that we've finished
 * inserting up to that point.
 */
static void
WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt)
{
    if (holdingAllLocks)
    {
        /*
         * We use the last lock to mark our actual position, see comments in
         * WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive.
         */
        LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1].l.lock,
                        &WALInsertLocks[NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1].l.insertingAt,
                        insertingAt);
    }
    else
        LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock,
                        &WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.insertingAt,
                        insertingAt);
}
 
/*
 * Wait for any WAL insertions < upto to finish.
 *
 * Returns the location of the oldest insertion that is still in-progress.
 * Any WAL prior to that point has been fully copied into WAL buffers, and
 * can be flushed out to disk. Because this waits for any insertions older
 * than 'upto' to finish, the return value is always >= 'upto'.
 *
 * Note: When you are about to write out WAL, you must call this function
 * *before* acquiring WALWriteLock, to avoid deadlocks. This function might
 * need to wait for an insertion to finish (or at least advance to next
 * uninitialized page), and the inserter might need to evict an old WAL buffer
 * to make room for a new one, which in turn requires WALWriteLock.
 */
static XLogRecPtr
WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto)
{
    uint64      bytepos;
    XLogRecPtr  inserted;
    XLogRecPtr  reservedUpto;
    XLogRecPtr  finishedUpto;
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    int         i;
 
    if (MyProc == NULL)
        elog(PANIC, "cannot wait without a PGPROC structure");
 
    /*
     * Check if there's any work to do.  Use a barrier to ensure we get the
     * freshest value.
     */
    inserted = pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
    if (upto <= inserted)
        return inserted;
 
    /* Read the current insert position */
    SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
    bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
    SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
    reservedUpto = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(bytepos);
 
    /*
     * No-one should request to flush a piece of WAL that hasn't even been
     * reserved yet. However, it can happen if there is a block with a bogus
     * LSN on disk, for example. XLogFlush checks for that situation and
     * complains, but only after the flush. Here we just assume that to mean
     * that all WAL that has been reserved needs to be finished. In this
     * corner-case, the return value can be smaller than 'upto' argument.
     */
    if (upto > reservedUpto)
    {
        ereport(LOG,
                errmsg("request to flush past end of generated WAL; request %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X",
                       LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(upto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(reservedUpto)));
        upto = reservedUpto;
    }
 
    /*
     * Loop through all the locks, sleeping on any in-progress insert older
     * than 'upto'.
     *
     * finishedUpto is our return value, indicating the point upto which all
     * the WAL insertions have been finished. Initialize it to the head of
     * reserved WAL, and as we iterate through the insertion locks, back it
     * out for any insertion that's still in progress.
     */
    finishedUpto = reservedUpto;
    for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
 
        do
        {
            /*
             * See if this insertion is in progress.  LWLockWaitForVar will
             * wait for the lock to be released, or for the 'value' to be set
             * by a LWLockUpdateVar call.  When a lock is initially acquired,
             * its value is 0 (InvalidXLogRecPtr), which means that we don't
             * know where it's inserting yet.  We will have to wait for it. If
             * it's a small insertion, the record will most likely fit on the
             * same page and the inserter will release the lock without ever
             * calling LWLockUpdateVar.  But if it has to sleep, it will
             * advertise the insertion point with LWLockUpdateVar before
             * sleeping.
             *
             * In this loop we are only waiting for insertions that started
             * before WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish was called.  The lack of
             * memory barriers in the loop means that we might see locks as
             * "unused" that have since become used.  This is fine because
             * they only can be used for later insertions that we would not
             * want to wait on anyway.  Not taking a lock to acquire the
             * current insertingAt value means that we might see older
             * insertingAt values.  This is also fine, because if we read a
             * value too old, we will add ourselves to the wait queue, which
             * contains atomic operations.
             */
            if (LWLockWaitForVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
                                 &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
                                 insertingat, &insertingat))
            {
                /* the lock was free, so no insertion in progress */
                insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                break;
            }
 
            /*
             * This insertion is still in progress. Have to wait, unless the
             * inserter has proceeded past 'upto'.
             */
        } while (insertingat < upto);
 
        if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(insertingat) && insertingat < finishedUpto)
            finishedUpto = insertingat;
    }
 
    /*
     * Advance the limit we know to have been inserted and return the freshest
     * value we know of, which might be beyond what we requested if somebody
     * is concurrently doing this with an 'upto' pointer ahead of us.
     */
    finishedUpto = pg_atomic_monotonic_advance_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult,
                                                   finishedUpto);
 
    return finishedUpto;
}
 
/*
 * Get a pointer to the right location in the WAL buffer containing the
 * given XLogRecPtr.
 *
 * If the page is not initialized yet, it is initialized. That might require
 * evicting an old dirty buffer from the buffer cache, which means I/O.
 *
 * The caller must ensure that the page containing the requested location
 * isn't evicted yet, and won't be evicted. The way to ensure that is to
 * hold onto a WAL insertion lock with the insertingAt position set to
 * something <= ptr. GetXLogBuffer() will update insertingAt if it needs
 * to evict an old page from the buffer. (This means that once you call
 * GetXLogBuffer() with a given 'ptr', you must not access anything before
 * that point anymore, and must not call GetXLogBuffer() with an older 'ptr'
 * later, because older buffers might be recycled already)
 */
static char *
GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli)
{
    int         idx;
    XLogRecPtr  endptr;
    static uint64 cachedPage = 0;
    static char *cachedPos = NULL;
    XLogRecPtr  expectedEndPtr;
 
    /*
     * Fast path for the common case that we need to access again the same
     * page as last time.
     */
    if (ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ == cachedPage)
    {
        Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
        Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
        return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
    }
 
    /*
     * The XLog buffer cache is organized so that a page is always loaded to a
     * particular buffer.  That way we can easily calculate the buffer a given
     * page must be loaded into, from the XLogRecPtr alone.
     */
    idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(ptr);
 
    /*
     * See what page is loaded in the buffer at the moment. It could be the
     * page we're looking for, or something older. It can't be anything newer
     * - that would imply the page we're looking for has already been written
     * out to disk and evicted, and the caller is responsible for making sure
     * that doesn't happen.
     *
     * We don't hold a lock while we read the value. If someone is just about
     * to initialize or has just initialized the page, it's possible that we
     * get InvalidXLogRecPtr. That's ok, we'll grab the mapping lock (in
     * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer) and retry if we see anything other than the page
     * we're looking for.
     */
    expectedEndPtr = ptr;
    expectedEndPtr += XLOG_BLCKSZ - ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
    endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
    if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  initializedUpto;
 
        /*
         * Before calling AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), which can block, let others
         * know how far we're finished with inserting the record.
         *
         * NB: If 'ptr' points to just after the page header, advertise a
         * position at the beginning of the page rather than 'ptr' itself. If
         * there are no other insertions running, someone might try to flush
         * up to our advertised location. If we advertised a position after
         * the page header, someone might try to flush the page header, even
         * though page might actually not be initialized yet. As the first
         * inserter on the page, we are effectively responsible for making
         * sure that it's initialized, before we let insertingAt to move past
         * the page header.
         */
        if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogShortPHD &&
            XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) > XLOG_BLCKSZ)
            initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
        else if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogLongPHD &&
                 XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) < XLOG_BLCKSZ)
            initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
        else
            initializedUpto = ptr;
 
        WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(initializedUpto);
 
        AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(ptr, tli, false);
        endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
 
        if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
            elog(PANIC, "could not find WAL buffer for %X/%08X",
                 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr));
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Make sure the initialization of the page is visible to us, and
         * won't arrive later to overwrite the WAL data we write on the page.
         */
        pg_memory_barrier();
    }
 
    /*
     * Found the buffer holding this page. Return a pointer to the right
     * offset within the page.
     */
    cachedPage = ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
    cachedPos = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
    Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
    Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
 
    return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
}
 
/*
 * Read WAL data directly from WAL buffers, if available. Returns the number
 * of bytes read successfully.
 *
 * Fewer than 'count' bytes may be read if some of the requested WAL data has
 * already been evicted.
 *
 * No locks are taken.
 *
 * Caller should ensure that it reads no further than LogwrtResult.Write
 * (which should have been updated by the caller when determining how far to
 * read). The 'tli' argument is only used as a convenient safety check so that
 * callers do not read from WAL buffers on a historical timeline.
 */
Size
WALReadFromBuffers(char *dstbuf, XLogRecPtr startptr, Size count,
                   TimeLineID tli)
{
    char       *pdst = dstbuf;
    XLogRecPtr  recptr = startptr;
    XLogRecPtr  inserted;
    Size        nbytes = count;
 
    if (RecoveryInProgress() || tli != GetWALInsertionTimeLine())
        return 0;
 
    Assert(XLogRecPtrIsValid(startptr));
 
    /*
     * Caller should ensure that the requested data has been inserted into WAL
     * buffers before we try to read it.
     */
    inserted = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
    if (startptr + count > inserted)
        ereport(ERROR,
                errmsg("cannot read past end of generated WAL: requested %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X",
                       LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startptr + count),
                       LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(inserted)));
 
    /*
     * Loop through the buffers without a lock. For each buffer, atomically
     * read and verify the end pointer, then copy the data out, and finally
     * re-read and re-verify the end pointer.
     *
     * Once a page is evicted, it never returns to the WAL buffers, so if the
     * end pointer matches the expected end pointer before and after we copy
     * the data, then the right page must have been present during the data
     * copy. Read barriers are necessary to ensure that the data copy actually
     * happens between the two verification steps.
     *
     * If either verification fails, we simply terminate the loop and return
     * with the data that had been already copied out successfully.
     */
    while (nbytes > 0)
    {
        uint32      offset = recptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
        int         idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr);
        XLogRecPtr  expectedEndPtr;
        XLogRecPtr  endptr;
        const char *page;
        const char *psrc;
        Size        npagebytes;
 
        /*
         * Calculate the end pointer we expect in the xlblocks array if the
         * correct page is present.
         */
        expectedEndPtr = recptr + (XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
 
        /*
         * First verification step: check that the correct page is present in
         * the WAL buffers.
         */
        endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
        if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
            break;
 
        /*
         * The correct page is present (or was at the time the endptr was
         * read; must re-verify later). Calculate pointer to source data and
         * determine how much data to read from this page.
         */
        page = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
        psrc = page + offset;
        npagebytes = Min(nbytes, XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
 
        /*
         * Ensure that the data copy and the first verification step are not
         * reordered.
         */
        pg_read_barrier();
 
        /* data copy */
        memcpy(pdst, psrc, npagebytes);
 
        /*
         * Ensure that the data copy and the second verification step are not
         * reordered.
         */
        pg_read_barrier();
 
        /*
         * Second verification step: check that the page we read from wasn't
         * evicted while we were copying the data.
         */
        endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
        if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
            break;
 
        pdst += npagebytes;
        recptr += npagebytes;
        nbytes -= npagebytes;
    }
 
    Assert(pdst - dstbuf <= count);
 
    return pdst - dstbuf;
}
 
/*
 * Converts a "usable byte position" to XLogRecPtr. A usable byte position
 * is the position starting from the beginning of WAL, excluding all WAL
 * page headers.
 */
static XLogRecPtr
XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
{
    uint64      fullsegs;
    uint64      fullpages;
    uint64      bytesleft;
    uint32      seg_offset;
    XLogRecPtr  result;
 
    fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
    bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
 
    if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
    {
        /* fits on first page of segment */
        seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
    }
    else
    {
        /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
        seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
        bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
 
        fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
        bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
 
        seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
    }
 
    XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
 
    return result;
}
 
/*
 * Like XLogBytePosToRecPtr, but if the position is at a page boundary,
 * returns a pointer to the beginning of the page (ie. before page header),
 * not to where the first xlog record on that page would go to. This is used
 * when converting a pointer to the end of a record.
 */
static XLogRecPtr
XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
{
    uint64      fullsegs;
    uint64      fullpages;
    uint64      bytesleft;
    uint32      seg_offset;
    XLogRecPtr  result;
 
    fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
    bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
 
    if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
    {
        /* fits on first page of segment */
        if (bytesleft == 0)
            seg_offset = 0;
        else
            seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
    }
    else
    {
        /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
        seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
        bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
 
        fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
        bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
 
        if (bytesleft == 0)
            seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft;
        else
            seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
    }
 
    XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
 
    return result;
}
 
/*
 * Convert an XLogRecPtr to a "usable byte position".
 */
static uint64
XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr)
{
    uint64      fullsegs;
    uint32      fullpages;
    uint32      offset;
    uint64      result;
 
    XLByteToSeg(ptr, fullsegs, wal_segment_size);
 
    fullpages = (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size)) / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
    offset = ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
    if (fullpages == 0)
    {
        result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment;
        if (offset > 0)
        {
            Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
            result += offset - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
        }
    }
    else
    {
        result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment +
            (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD) + /* account for first page */
            (fullpages - 1) * UsableBytesInPage;    /* full pages */
        if (offset > 0)
        {
            Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
            result += offset - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
        }
    }
 
    return result;
}
 
/*
 * Initialize XLOG buffers, writing out old buffers if they still contain
 * unwritten data, upto the page containing 'upto'. Or if 'opportunistic' is
 * true, initialize as many pages as we can without having to write out
 * unwritten data. Any new pages are initialized to zeros, with pages headers
 * initialized properly.
 */
static void
AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli, bool opportunistic)
{
    int         nextidx;
    XLogRecPtr  OldPageRqstPtr;
    XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
    XLogRecPtr  NewPageEndPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    XLogRecPtr  NewPageBeginPtr;
    XLogPageHeader NewPage;
    int         npages pg_attribute_unused() = 0;
 
    LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
    /*
     * Now that we have the lock, check if someone initialized the page
     * already.
     */
    while (upto >= XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo || opportunistic)
    {
        nextidx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo);
 
        /*
         * Get ending-offset of the buffer page we need to replace (this may
         * be zero if the buffer hasn't been used yet).  Fall through if it's
         * already written out.
         */
        OldPageRqstPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx]);
        if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
        {
            /*
             * Nope, got work to do. If we just want to pre-initialize as much
             * as we can without flushing, give up now.
             */
            if (opportunistic)
                break;
 
            /* Advance shared memory write request position */
            SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
            if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
                XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
            SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
            /*
             * Acquire an up-to-date LogwrtResult value and see if we still
             * need to write it or if someone else already did.
             */
            RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
            if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
            {
                /*
                 * Must acquire write lock. Release WALBufMappingLock first,
                 * to make sure that all insertions that we need to wait for
                 * can finish (up to this same position). Otherwise we risk
                 * deadlock.
                 */
                LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
 
                WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(OldPageRqstPtr);
 
                LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
                RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
                if (LogwrtResult.Write >= OldPageRqstPtr)
                {
                    /* OK, someone wrote it already */
                    LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Have to write it ourselves */
                    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_START();
                    WriteRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
                    WriteRqst.Flush = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
                    XLogWrite(WriteRqst, tli, false);
                    LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
                    pgWalUsage.wal_buffers_full++;
                    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_DONE();
 
                    /*
                     * Required for the flush of pending stats WAL data, per
                     * update of pgWalUsage.
                     */
                    pgstat_report_fixed = true;
                }
                /* Re-acquire WALBufMappingLock and retry */
                LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
                continue;
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * Now the next buffer slot is free and we can set it up to be the
         * next output page.
         */
        NewPageBeginPtr = XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo;
        NewPageEndPtr = NewPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
        Assert(XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(NewPageBeginPtr) == nextidx);
 
        NewPage = (XLogPageHeader) (XLogCtl->pages + nextidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ);
 
        /*
         * Mark the xlblock with InvalidXLogRecPtr and issue a write barrier
         * before initializing. Otherwise, the old page may be partially
         * zeroed but look valid.
         */
        pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], InvalidXLogRecPtr);
        pg_write_barrier();
 
        /*
         * Be sure to re-zero the buffer so that bytes beyond what we've
         * written will look like zeroes and not valid XLOG records...
         */
        MemSet(NewPage, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ);
 
        /*
         * Fill the new page's header
         */
        NewPage->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
 
        /* NewPage->xlp_info = 0; */    /* done by memset */
        NewPage->xlp_tli = tli;
        NewPage->xlp_pageaddr = NewPageBeginPtr;
 
        /* NewPage->xlp_rem_len = 0; */ /* done by memset */
 
        /*
         * If first page of an XLOG segment file, make it a long header.
         */
        if ((XLogSegmentOffset(NewPage->xlp_pageaddr, wal_segment_size)) == 0)
        {
            XLogLongPageHeader NewLongPage = (XLogLongPageHeader) NewPage;
 
            NewLongPage->xlp_sysid = ControlFile->system_identifier;
            NewLongPage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
            NewLongPage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
            NewPage->xlp_info |= XLP_LONG_HEADER;
        }
 
        /*
         * Make sure the initialization of the page becomes visible to others
         * before the xlblocks update. GetXLogBuffer() reads xlblocks without
         * holding a lock.
         */
        pg_write_barrier();
 
        pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], NewPageEndPtr);
        XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = NewPageEndPtr;
 
        npages++;
    }
    LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
    if (XLOG_DEBUG && npages > 0)
    {
        elog(DEBUG1, "initialized %d pages, up to %X/%08X",
             npages, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(NewPageEndPtr));
    }
#endif
}
 
/*
 * Calculate CheckPointSegments based on max_wal_size_mb and
 * checkpoint_completion_target.
 */
static void
CalculateCheckpointSegments(void)
{
    double      target;
 
    /*-------
     * Calculate the distance at which to trigger a checkpoint, to avoid
     * exceeding max_wal_size_mb. This is based on two assumptions:
     *
     * a) we keep WAL for only one checkpoint cycle (prior to PG11 we kept
     *    WAL for two checkpoint cycles to allow us to recover from the
     *    secondary checkpoint if the first checkpoint failed, though we
     *    only did this on the primary anyway, not on standby. Keeping just
     *    one checkpoint simplifies processing and reduces disk space in
     *    many smaller databases.)
     * b) during checkpoint, we consume checkpoint_completion_target *
     *    number of segments consumed between checkpoints.
     *-------
     */
    target = (double) ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) /
        (1.0 + CheckPointCompletionTarget);
 
    /* round down */
    CheckPointSegments = (int) target;
 
    if (CheckPointSegments < 1)
        CheckPointSegments = 1;
}
 
void
assign_max_wal_size(int newval, void *extra)
{
    max_wal_size_mb = newval;
    CalculateCheckpointSegments();
}
 
void
assign_checkpoint_completion_target(double newval, void *extra)
{
    CheckPointCompletionTarget = newval;
    CalculateCheckpointSegments();
}
 
bool
check_wal_segment_size(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
{
    if (!IsValidWalSegSize(*newval))
    {
        GUC_check_errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.");
        return false;
    }
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * At a checkpoint, how many WAL segments to recycle as preallocated future
 * XLOG segments? Returns the highest segment that should be preallocated.
 */
static XLogSegNo
XLOGfileslop(XLogRecPtr lastredoptr)
{
    XLogSegNo   minSegNo;
    XLogSegNo   maxSegNo;
    double      distance;
    XLogSegNo   recycleSegNo;
 
    /*
     * Calculate the segment numbers that min_wal_size_mb and max_wal_size_mb
     * correspond to. Always recycle enough segments to meet the minimum, and
     * remove enough segments to stay below the maximum.
     */
    minSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
        ConvertToXSegs(min_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) - 1;
    maxSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
        ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) - 1;
 
    /*
     * Between those limits, recycle enough segments to get us through to the
     * estimated end of next checkpoint.
     *
     * To estimate where the next checkpoint will finish, assume that the
     * system runs steadily consuming CheckPointDistanceEstimate bytes between
     * every checkpoint.
     */
    distance = (1.0 + CheckPointCompletionTarget) * CheckPointDistanceEstimate;
    /* add 10% for good measure. */
    distance *= 1.10;
 
    recycleSegNo = (XLogSegNo) ceil(((double) lastredoptr + distance) /
                                    wal_segment_size);
 
    if (recycleSegNo < minSegNo)
        recycleSegNo = minSegNo;
    if (recycleSegNo > maxSegNo)
        recycleSegNo = maxSegNo;
 
    return recycleSegNo;
}
 
/*
 * Check whether we've consumed enough xlog space that a checkpoint is needed.
 *
 * new_segno indicates a log file that has just been filled up (or read
 * during recovery). We measure the distance from RedoRecPtr to new_segno
 * and see if that exceeds CheckPointSegments.
 *
 * Note: it is caller's responsibility that RedoRecPtr is up-to-date.
 */
bool
XLogCheckpointNeeded(XLogSegNo new_segno)
{
    XLogSegNo   old_segno;
 
    XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, old_segno, wal_segment_size);
 
    if (new_segno >= old_segno + (uint64) (CheckPointSegments - 1))
        return true;
    return false;
}
 
/*
 * Write and/or fsync the log at least as far as WriteRqst indicates.
 *
 * If flexible == true, we don't have to write as far as WriteRqst, but
 * may stop at any convenient boundary (such as a cache or logfile boundary).
 * This option allows us to avoid uselessly issuing multiple writes when a
 * single one would do.
 *
 * Must be called with WALWriteLock held. WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqst)
 * must be called before grabbing the lock, to make sure the data is ready to
 * write.
 */
static void
XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible)
{
    bool        ispartialpage;
    bool        last_iteration;
    bool        finishing_seg;
    int         curridx;
    int         npages;
    int         startidx;
    uint32      startoffset;
 
    /* We should always be inside a critical section here */
    Assert(CritSectionCount > 0);
 
    /*
     * Update local LogwrtResult (caller probably did this already, but...)
     */
    RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
 
    /*
     * Since successive pages in the xlog cache are consecutively allocated,
     * we can usually gather multiple pages together and issue just one
     * write() call.  npages is the number of pages we have determined can be
     * written together; startidx is the cache block index of the first one,
     * and startoffset is the file offset at which it should go. The latter
     * two variables are only valid when npages > 0, but we must initialize
     * all of them to keep the compiler quiet.
     */
    npages = 0;
    startidx = 0;
    startoffset = 0;
 
    /*
     * Within the loop, curridx is the cache block index of the page to
     * consider writing.  Begin at the buffer containing the next unwritten
     * page, or last partially written page.
     */
    curridx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(LogwrtResult.Write);
 
    while (LogwrtResult.Write < WriteRqst.Write)
    {
        /*
         * Make sure we're not ahead of the insert process.  This could happen
         * if we're passed a bogus WriteRqst.Write that is past the end of the
         * last page that's been initialized by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer.
         */
        XLogRecPtr  EndPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[curridx]);
 
        if (LogwrtResult.Write >= EndPtr)
            elog(PANIC, "xlog write request %X/%08X is past end of log %X/%08X",
                 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
                 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPtr));
 
        /* Advance LogwrtResult.Write to end of current buffer page */
        LogwrtResult.Write = EndPtr;
        ispartialpage = WriteRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write;
 
        if (!XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
                             wal_segment_size))
        {
            /*
             * Switch to new logfile segment.  We cannot have any pending
             * pages here (since we dump what we have at segment end).
             */
            Assert(npages == 0);
            if (openLogFile >= 0)
                XLogFileClose();
            XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
                            wal_segment_size);
            openLogTLI = tli;
 
            /* create/use new log file */
            openLogFile = XLogFileInit(openLogSegNo, tli);
            ReserveExternalFD();
        }
 
        /* Make sure we have the current logfile open */
        if (openLogFile < 0)
        {
            XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
                            wal_segment_size);
            openLogTLI = tli;
            openLogFile = XLogFileOpen(openLogSegNo, tli);
            ReserveExternalFD();
        }
 
        /* Add current page to the set of pending pages-to-dump */
        if (npages == 0)
        {
            /* first of group */
            startidx = curridx;
            startoffset = XLogSegmentOffset(LogwrtResult.Write - XLOG_BLCKSZ,
                                            wal_segment_size);
        }
        npages++;
 
        /*
         * Dump the set if this will be the last loop iteration, or if we are
         * at the last page of the cache area (since the next page won't be
         * contiguous in memory), or if we are at the end of the logfile
         * segment.
         */
        last_iteration = WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Write;
 
        finishing_seg = !ispartialpage &&
            (startoffset + npages * XLOG_BLCKSZ) >= wal_segment_size;
 
        if (last_iteration ||
            curridx == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck ||
            finishing_seg)
        {
            char       *from;
            Size        nbytes;
            Size        nleft;
            ssize_t     written;
            instr_time  start;
 
            /* OK to write the page(s) */
            from = XLogCtl->pages + startidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
            nbytes = npages * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
            nleft = nbytes;
            do
            {
                errno = 0;
 
                /*
                 * Measure I/O timing to write WAL data, for pg_stat_io.
                 */
                start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
 
                pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_WRITE);
                written = pg_pwrite(openLogFile, from, nleft, startoffset);
                pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
                pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_NORMAL,
                                        IOOP_WRITE, start, 1, written);
 
                if (written <= 0)
                {
                    char        xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
                    int         save_errno;
 
                    if (errno == EINTR)
                        continue;
 
                    save_errno = errno;
                    XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, openLogSegNo,
                                 wal_segment_size);
                    errno = save_errno;
                    ereport(PANIC,
                            (errcode_for_file_access(),
                             errmsg("could not write to log file \"%s\" at offset %u, length %zu: %m",
                                    xlogfname, startoffset, nleft)));
                }
                nleft -= written;
                from += written;
                startoffset += written;
            } while (nleft > 0);
 
            npages = 0;
 
            /*
             * If we just wrote the whole last page of a logfile segment,
             * fsync the segment immediately.  This avoids having to go back
             * and re-open prior segments when an fsync request comes along
             * later. Doing it here ensures that one and only one backend will
             * perform this fsync.
             *
             * This is also the right place to notify the Archiver that the
             * segment is ready to copy to archival storage, and to update the
             * timer for archive_timeout, and to signal for a checkpoint if
             * too many logfile segments have been used since the last
             * checkpoint.
             */
            if (finishing_seg)
            {
                issue_xlog_fsync(openLogFile, openLogSegNo, tli);
 
                /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
                WalSndWakeupRequest();
 
                LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write;    /* end of page */
 
                if (XLogArchivingActive())
                    XLogArchiveNotifySeg(openLogSegNo, tli);
 
                XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
                XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = LogwrtResult.Flush;
 
                /*
                 * Request a checkpoint if we've consumed too much xlog since
                 * the last one.  For speed, we first check using the local
                 * copy of RedoRecPtr, which might be out of date; if it looks
                 * like a checkpoint is needed, forcibly update RedoRecPtr and
                 * recheck.
                 */
                if (IsUnderPostmaster && XLogCheckpointNeeded(openLogSegNo))
                {
                    (void) GetRedoRecPtr();
                    if (XLogCheckpointNeeded(openLogSegNo))
                        RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG);
                }
            }
        }
 
        if (ispartialpage)
        {
            /* Only asked to write a partial page */
            LogwrtResult.Write = WriteRqst.Write;
            break;
        }
        curridx = NextBufIdx(curridx);
 
        /* If flexible, break out of loop as soon as we wrote something */
        if (flexible && npages == 0)
            break;
    }
 
    Assert(npages == 0);
 
    /*
     * If asked to flush, do so
     */
    if (LogwrtResult.Flush < WriteRqst.Flush &&
        LogwrtResult.Flush < LogwrtResult.Write)
    {
        /*
         * Could get here without iterating above loop, in which case we might
         * have no open file or the wrong one.  However, we do not need to
         * fsync more than one file.
         */
        if (wal_sync_method != WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN &&
            wal_sync_method != WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC)
        {
            if (openLogFile >= 0 &&
                !XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
                                 wal_segment_size))
                XLogFileClose();
            if (openLogFile < 0)
            {
                XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
                                wal_segment_size);
                openLogTLI = tli;
                openLogFile = XLogFileOpen(openLogSegNo, tli);
                ReserveExternalFD();
            }
 
            issue_xlog_fsync(openLogFile, openLogSegNo, tli);
        }
 
        /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
        WalSndWakeupRequest();
 
        LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write;
    }
 
    /*
     * Update shared-memory status
     *
     * We make sure that the shared 'request' values do not fall behind the
     * 'result' values.  This is not absolutely essential, but it saves some
     * code in a couple of places.
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write)
        XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = LogwrtResult.Write;
    if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush < LogwrtResult.Flush)
        XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = LogwrtResult.Flush;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * We write Write first, bar, then Flush.  When reading, the opposite must
     * be done (with a matching barrier in between), so that we always see a
     * Flush value that trails behind the Write value seen.
     */
    pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, LogwrtResult.Write);
    pg_write_barrier();
    pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, LogwrtResult.Flush);
 
#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    {
        XLogRecPtr  Flush;
        XLogRecPtr  Write;
        XLogRecPtr  Insert;
 
        Flush = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult);
        pg_read_barrier();
        Write = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult);
        pg_read_barrier();
        Insert = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
 
        /* WAL written to disk is always ahead of WAL flushed */
        Assert(Write >= Flush);
 
        /* WAL inserted to buffers is always ahead of WAL written */
        Assert(Insert >= Write);
    }
#endif
}
 
/*
 * Record the LSN for an asynchronous transaction commit/abort
 * and nudge the WALWriter if there is work for it to do.
 * (This should not be called for synchronous commits.)
 */
void
XLogSetAsyncXactLSN(XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN)
{
    XLogRecPtr  WriteRqstPtr = asyncXactLSN;
    bool        sleeping;
    bool        wakeup = false;
    XLogRecPtr  prevAsyncXactLSN;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    sleeping = XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping;
    prevAsyncXactLSN = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
    if (XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN < asyncXactLSN)
        XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN = asyncXactLSN;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * If somebody else already called this function with a more aggressive
     * LSN, they will have done what we needed (and perhaps more).
     */
    if (asyncXactLSN <= prevAsyncXactLSN)
        return;
 
    /*
     * If the WALWriter is sleeping, kick it to make it come out of low-power
     * mode, so that this async commit will reach disk within the expected
     * amount of time.  Otherwise, determine whether it has enough WAL
     * available to flush, the same way that XLogBackgroundFlush() does.
     */
    if (sleeping)
        wakeup = true;
    else
    {
        int         flushblocks;
 
        RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
 
        flushblocks =
            WriteRqstPtr / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
        if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
            wakeup = true;
    }
 
    if (wakeup)
    {
        volatile PROC_HDR *procglobal = ProcGlobal;
        ProcNumber  walwriterProc = procglobal->walwriterProc;
 
        if (walwriterProc != INVALID_PROC_NUMBER)
            SetLatch(&GetPGProcByNumber(walwriterProc)->procLatch);
    }
}
 
/*
 * Record the LSN up to which we can remove WAL because it's not required by
 * any replication slot.
 */
void
XLogSetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(XLogRecPtr lsn)
{
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->replicationSlotMinLSN = lsn;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
}
 
 
/*
 * Return the oldest LSN we must retain to satisfy the needs of some
 * replication slot.
 */
XLogRecPtr
XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(void)
{
    XLogRecPtr  retval;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    retval = XLogCtl->replicationSlotMinLSN;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return retval;
}
 
/*
 * Advance minRecoveryPoint in control file.
 *
 * If we crash during recovery, we must reach this point again before the
 * database is consistent.
 *
 * If 'force' is true, 'lsn' argument is ignored. Otherwise, minRecoveryPoint
 * is only updated if it's not already greater than or equal to 'lsn'.
 */
static void
UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force)
{
    /* Quick check using our local copy of the variable */
    if (!updateMinRecoveryPoint || (!force && lsn <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
        return;
 
    /*
     * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the WAL,
     * i.e., we're doing crash recovery.  We never modify the control file's
     * value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks here too. The
     * local values of minRecoveryPoint and minRecoveryPointTLI should not be
     * updated until crash recovery finishes.  We only do this for the startup
     * process as it should not update its own reference of minRecoveryPoint
     * until it has finished crash recovery to make sure that all WAL
     * available is replayed in this case.  This also saves from extra locks
     * taken on the control file from the startup process.
     */
    if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && InRecovery)
    {
        updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
        return;
    }
 
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
    /* update local copy */
    LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
    LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
 
    if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
        updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
    else if (force || LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  newMinRecoveryPoint;
        TimeLineID  newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
 
        /*
         * To avoid having to update the control file too often, we update it
         * all the way to the last record being replayed, even though 'lsn'
         * would suffice for correctness.  This also allows the 'force' case
         * to not need a valid 'lsn' value.
         *
         * Another important reason for doing it this way is that the passed
         * 'lsn' value could be bogus, i.e., past the end of available WAL, if
         * the caller got it from a corrupted heap page.  Accepting such a
         * value as the min recovery point would prevent us from coming up at
         * all.  Instead, we just log a warning and continue with recovery.
         * (See also the comments about corrupt LSNs in XLogFlush.)
         */
        newMinRecoveryPoint = GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&newMinRecoveryPointTLI);
        if (!force && newMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
            elog(WARNING,
                 "xlog min recovery request %X/%08X is past current point %X/%08X",
                 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint));
 
        /* update control file */
        if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < newMinRecoveryPoint)
        {
            ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
            ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
            UpdateControlFile();
            LocalMinRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
            LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
 
            ereport(DEBUG2,
                    errmsg_internal("updated min recovery point to %X/%08X on timeline %u",
                                    LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint),
                                    newMinRecoveryPointTLI));
        }
    }
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
}
 
/*
 * Ensure that all XLOG data through the given position is flushed to disk.
 *
 * NOTE: this differs from XLogWrite mainly in that the WALWriteLock is not
 * already held, and we try to avoid acquiring it if possible.
 */
void
XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
{
    XLogRecPtr  WriteRqstPtr;
    XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
    TimeLineID  insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
 
    /*
     * During REDO, we are reading not writing WAL.  Therefore, instead of
     * trying to flush the WAL, we should update minRecoveryPoint instead. We
     * test XLogInsertAllowed(), not InRecovery, because we need checkpointer
     * to act this way too, and because when it tries to write the
     * end-of-recovery checkpoint, it should indeed flush.
     */
    if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
    {
        UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(record, false);
        return;
    }
 
    /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
    if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
        return;
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
    if (XLOG_DEBUG)
        elog(LOG, "xlog flush request %X/%08X; write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
#endif
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /*
     * Since fsync is usually a horribly expensive operation, we try to
     * piggyback as much data as we can on each fsync: if we see any more data
     * entered into the xlog buffer, we'll write and fsync that too, so that
     * the final value of LogwrtResult.Flush is as large as possible. This
     * gives us some chance of avoiding another fsync immediately after.
     */
 
    /* initialize to given target; may increase below */
    WriteRqstPtr = record;
 
    /*
     * Now wait until we get the write lock, or someone else does the flush
     * for us.
     */
    for (;;)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  insertpos;
 
        /* done already? */
        RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
        if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
            break;
 
        /*
         * Before actually performing the write, wait for all in-flight
         * insertions to the pages we're about to write to finish.
         */
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        if (WriteRqstPtr < XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write)
            WriteRqstPtr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqstPtr);
 
        /*
         * Try to get the write lock. If we can't get it immediately, wait
         * until it's released, and recheck if we still need to do the flush
         * or if the backend that held the lock did it for us already. This
         * helps to maintain a good rate of group committing when the system
         * is bottlenecked by the speed of fsyncing.
         */
        if (!LWLockAcquireOrWait(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE))
        {
            /*
             * The lock is now free, but we didn't acquire it yet. Before we
             * do, loop back to check if someone else flushed the record for
             * us already.
             */
            continue;
        }
 
        /* Got the lock; recheck whether request is satisfied */
        RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
        if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
        {
            LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
            break;
        }
 
        /*
         * Sleep before flush! By adding a delay here, we may give further
         * backends the opportunity to join the backlog of group commit
         * followers; this can significantly improve transaction throughput,
         * at the risk of increasing transaction latency.
         *
         * We do not sleep if enableFsync is not turned on, nor if there are
         * fewer than CommitSiblings other backends with active transactions.
         */
        if (CommitDelay > 0 && enableFsync &&
            MinimumActiveBackends(CommitSiblings))
        {
            pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_COMMIT_DELAY);
            pg_usleep(CommitDelay);
            pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
            /*
             * Re-check how far we can now flush the WAL. It's generally not
             * safe to call WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish while holding
             * WALWriteLock, because an in-progress insertion might need to
             * also grab WALWriteLock to make progress. But we know that all
             * the insertions up to insertpos have already finished, because
             * that's what the earlier WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() returned.
             * We're only calling it again to allow insertpos to be moved
             * further forward, not to actually wait for anyone.
             */
            insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(insertpos);
        }
 
        /* try to write/flush later additions to XLOG as well */
        WriteRqst.Write = insertpos;
        WriteRqst.Flush = insertpos;
 
        XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, false);
 
        LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
        /* done */
        break;
    }
 
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
    WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(true, !RecoveryInProgress());
 
    /*
     * If we flushed an LSN that someone was waiting for, notify the waiters.
     */
    if (waitLSNState &&
        (LogwrtResult.Flush >=
         pg_atomic_read_u64(&waitLSNState->minWaitedLSN[WAIT_LSN_TYPE_PRIMARY_FLUSH])))
        WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_PRIMARY_FLUSH, LogwrtResult.Flush);
 
    /*
     * If we still haven't flushed to the request point then we have a
     * problem; most likely, the requested flush point is past end of XLOG.
     * This has been seen to occur when a disk page has a corrupted LSN.
     *
     * Formerly we treated this as a PANIC condition, but that hurts the
     * system's robustness rather than helping it: we do not want to take down
     * the whole system due to corruption on one data page.  In particular, if
     * the bad page is encountered again during recovery then we would be
     * unable to restart the database at all!  (This scenario actually
     * happened in the field several times with 7.1 releases.)  As of 8.4, bad
     * LSNs encountered during recovery are UpdateMinRecoveryPoint's problem;
     * the only time we can reach here during recovery is while flushing the
     * end-of-recovery checkpoint record, and we don't expect that to have a
     * bad LSN.
     *
     * Note that for calls from xact.c, the ERROR will be promoted to PANIC
     * since xact.c calls this routine inside a critical section.  However,
     * calls from bufmgr.c are not within critical sections and so we will not
     * force a restart for a bad LSN on a data page.
     */
    if (LogwrtResult.Flush < record)
        elog(ERROR,
             "xlog flush request %X/%08X is not satisfied --- flushed only to %X/%08X",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
 
    /*
     * Cross-check XLogNeedsFlush().  Some of the checks of XLogFlush() and
     * XLogNeedsFlush() are duplicated, and this assertion ensures that these
     * remain consistent.
     */
    Assert(!XLogNeedsFlush(record));
}
 
/*
 * Write & flush xlog, but without specifying exactly where to.
 *
 * We normally write only completed blocks; but if there is nothing to do on
 * that basis, we check for unwritten async commits in the current incomplete
 * block, and write through the latest one of those.  Thus, if async commits
 * are not being used, we will write complete blocks only.
 *
 * If, based on the above, there's anything to write we do so immediately. But
 * to avoid calling fsync, fdatasync et. al. at a rate that'd impact
 * concurrent IO, we only flush WAL every wal_writer_delay ms, or if there's
 * more than wal_writer_flush_after unflushed blocks.
 *
 * We can guarantee that async commits reach disk after at most three
 * wal_writer_delay cycles. (When flushing complete blocks, we allow XLogWrite
 * to write "flexibly", meaning it can stop at the end of the buffer ring;
 * this makes a difference only with very high load or long wal_writer_delay,
 * but imposes one extra cycle for the worst case for async commits.)
 *
 * This routine is invoked periodically by the background walwriter process.
 *
 * Returns true if there was any work to do, even if we skipped flushing due
 * to wal_writer_delay/wal_writer_flush_after.
 */
bool
XLogBackgroundFlush(void)
{
    XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
    bool        flexible = true;
    static TimestampTz lastflush;
    TimestampTz now;
    int         flushblocks;
    TimeLineID  insertTLI;
 
    /* XLOG doesn't need flushing during recovery */
    if (RecoveryInProgress())
        return false;
 
    /*
     * Since we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't change,
     * so we can read it without a lock.
     */
    insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
 
    /* read updated LogwrtRqst */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    WriteRqst = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /* back off to last completed page boundary */
    WriteRqst.Write -= WriteRqst.Write % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
    /* if we have already flushed that far, consider async commit records */
    RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
    if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
    {
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        WriteRqst.Write = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        flexible = false;       /* ensure it all gets written */
    }
 
    /*
     * If already known flushed, we're done. Just need to check if we are
     * holding an open file handle to a logfile that's no longer in use,
     * preventing the file from being deleted.
     */
    if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
    {
        if (openLogFile >= 0)
        {
            if (!XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
                                 wal_segment_size))
            {
                XLogFileClose();
            }
        }
        return false;
    }
 
    /*
     * Determine how far to flush WAL, based on the wal_writer_delay and
     * wal_writer_flush_after GUCs.
     *
     * Note that XLogSetAsyncXactLSN() performs similar calculation based on
     * wal_writer_flush_after, to decide when to wake us up.  Make sure the
     * logic is the same in both places if you change this.
     */
    now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    flushblocks =
        WriteRqst.Write / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
    if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || lastflush == 0)
    {
        /* first call, or block based limits disabled */
        WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
        lastflush = now;
    }
    else if (TimestampDifferenceExceeds(lastflush, now, WalWriterDelay))
    {
        /*
         * Flush the writes at least every WalWriterDelay ms. This is
         * important to bound the amount of time it takes for an asynchronous
         * commit to hit disk.
         */
        WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
        lastflush = now;
    }
    else if (flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
    {
        /* exceeded wal_writer_flush_after blocks, flush */
        WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
        lastflush = now;
    }
    else
    {
        /* no flushing, this time round */
        WriteRqst.Flush = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    }
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
    if (XLOG_DEBUG)
        elog(LOG, "xlog bg flush request write %X/%08X; flush: %X/%08X, current is write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Write),
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Flush),
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
#endif
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /* now wait for any in-progress insertions to finish and get write lock */
    WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqst.Write);
    LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
    if (WriteRqst.Write > LogwrtResult.Write ||
        WriteRqst.Flush > LogwrtResult.Flush)
    {
        XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, flexible);
    }
    LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
 
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
    WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(true, !RecoveryInProgress());
 
    /*
     * If we flushed an LSN that someone was waiting for, notify the waiters.
     */
    if (waitLSNState &&
        (LogwrtResult.Flush >=
         pg_atomic_read_u64(&waitLSNState->minWaitedLSN[WAIT_LSN_TYPE_PRIMARY_FLUSH])))
        WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_PRIMARY_FLUSH, LogwrtResult.Flush);
 
    /*
     * Great, done. To take some work off the critical path, try to initialize
     * as many of the no-longer-needed WAL buffers for future use as we can.
     */
    AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(InvalidXLogRecPtr, insertTLI, true);
 
    /*
     * If we determined that we need to write data, but somebody else
     * wrote/flushed already, it should be considered as being active, to
     * avoid hibernating too early.
     */
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Test whether XLOG data has been flushed up to (at least) the given
 * position, or whether the minimum recovery point has been updated past
 * the given position.
 *
 * Returns true if a flush is still needed, or if the minimum recovery point
 * must be updated.
 *
 * It is possible that someone else is already in the process of flushing
 * that far, or has updated the minimum recovery point up to the given
 * position.
 */
bool
XLogNeedsFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
{
    /*
     * During recovery, we don't flush WAL but update minRecoveryPoint
     * instead. So "needs flush" is taken to mean whether minRecoveryPoint
     * would need to be updated.
     *
     * Using XLogInsertAllowed() rather than RecoveryInProgress() matters for
     * the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, where WAL data is flushed.
     * This check should be consistent with the one in XLogFlush().
     */
    if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
    {
        /* Quick exit if already known to be updated or cannot be updated */
        if (!updateMinRecoveryPoint || record <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint)
            return false;
 
        /*
         * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the
         * WAL, i.e., we're doing crash recovery.  We never modify the control
         * file's value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks
         * here too.  This triggers a quick exit path for the startup process,
         * which cannot update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint as long as
         * it has not replayed all WAL available when doing crash recovery.
         */
        if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && InRecovery)
        {
            updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
            return false;
        }
 
        /*
         * Update local copy of minRecoveryPoint. But if the lock is busy,
         * just return a conservative guess.
         */
        if (!LWLockConditionalAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED))
            return true;
        LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
        LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
        /*
         * Check minRecoveryPoint for any other process than the startup
         * process doing crash recovery, which should not update the control
         * file value if crash recovery is still running.
         */
        if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
            updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
 
        /* check again */
        if (record <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint || !updateMinRecoveryPoint)
            return false;
        else
            return true;
    }
 
    /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
    if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
        return false;
 
    /* read LogwrtResult and update local state */
    RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
 
    /* check again */
    if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
        return false;
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Try to make a given XLOG file segment exist.
 *
 * logsegno: identify segment.
 *
 * *added: on return, true if this call raised the number of extant segments.
 *
 * path: on return, this char[MAXPGPATH] has the path to the logsegno file.
 *
 * Returns -1 or FD of opened file.  A -1 here is not an error; a caller
 * wanting an open segment should attempt to open "path", which usually will
 * succeed.  (This is weird, but it's efficient for the callers.)
 */
static int
XLogFileInitInternal(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli,
                     bool *added, char *path)
{
    char        tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
    XLogSegNo   installed_segno;
    XLogSegNo   max_segno;
    int         fd;
    int         save_errno;
    int         open_flags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY;
    instr_time  io_start;
 
    Assert(logtli != 0);
 
    XLogFilePath(path, logtli, logsegno, wal_segment_size);
 
    /*
     * Try to use existent file (checkpoint maker may have created it already)
     */
    *added = false;
    fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
                       get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
    if (fd < 0)
    {
        if (errno != ENOENT)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
    }
    else
        return fd;
 
    /*
     * Initialize an empty (all zeroes) segment.  NOTE: it is possible that
     * another process is doing the same thing.  If so, we will end up
     * pre-creating an extra log segment.  That seems OK, and better than
     * holding the lock throughout this lengthy process.
     */
    elog(DEBUG2, "creating and filling new WAL file");
 
    snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
 
    unlink(tmppath);
 
    if (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL_INIT)
        open_flags |= PG_O_DIRECT;
 
    /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
    fd = BasicOpenFile(tmppath, open_flags);
    if (fd < 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
 
    /* Measure I/O timing when initializing segment */
    io_start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_WRITE);
    save_errno = 0;
    if (wal_init_zero)
    {
        ssize_t     rc;
 
        /*
         * Zero-fill the file.  With this setting, we do this the hard way to
         * ensure that all the file space has really been allocated.  On
         * platforms that allow "holes" in files, just seeking to the end
         * doesn't allocate intermediate space.  This way, we know that we
         * have all the space and (after the fsync below) that all the
         * indirect blocks are down on disk.  Therefore, fdatasync(2) or
         * O_DSYNC will be sufficient to sync future writes to the log file.
         */
        rc = pg_pwrite_zeros(fd, wal_segment_size, 0);
 
        if (rc < 0)
            save_errno = errno;
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Otherwise, seeking to the end and writing a solitary byte is
         * enough.
         */
        errno = 0;
        if (pg_pwrite(fd, "\0", 1, wal_segment_size - 1) != 1)
        {
            /* if write didn't set errno, assume no disk space */
            save_errno = errno ? errno : ENOSPC;
        }
    }
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    /*
     * A full segment worth of data is written when using wal_init_zero. One
     * byte is written when not using it.
     */
    pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_INIT, IOOP_WRITE,
                            io_start, 1,
                            wal_init_zero ? wal_segment_size : 1);
 
    if (save_errno)
    {
        /*
         * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
         */
        unlink(tmppath);
 
        close(fd);
 
        errno = save_errno;
 
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
    }
 
    /* Measure I/O timing when flushing segment */
    io_start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_SYNC);
    if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
    {
        save_errno = errno;
        close(fd);
        errno = save_errno;
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
    }
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_INIT,
                            IOOP_FSYNC, io_start, 1, 0);
 
    if (close(fd) != 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
 
    /*
     * Now move the segment into place with its final name.  Cope with
     * possibility that someone else has created the file while we were
     * filling ours: if so, use ours to pre-create a future log segment.
     */
    installed_segno = logsegno;
 
    /*
     * XXX: What should we use as max_segno? We used to use XLOGfileslop when
     * that was a constant, but that was always a bit dubious: normally, at a
     * checkpoint, XLOGfileslop was the offset from the checkpoint record, but
     * here, it was the offset from the insert location. We can't do the
     * normal XLOGfileslop calculation here because we don't have access to
     * the prior checkpoint's redo location. So somewhat arbitrarily, just use
     * CheckPointSegments.
     */
    max_segno = logsegno + CheckPointSegments;
    if (InstallXLogFileSegment(&installed_segno, tmppath, true, max_segno,
                               logtli))
    {
        *added = true;
        elog(DEBUG2, "done creating and filling new WAL file");
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * No need for any more future segments, or InstallXLogFileSegment()
         * failed to rename the file into place. If the rename failed, a
         * caller opening the file may fail.
         */
        unlink(tmppath);
        elog(DEBUG2, "abandoned new WAL file");
    }
 
    return -1;
}
 
/*
 * Create a new XLOG file segment, or open a pre-existing one.
 *
 * logsegno: identify segment to be created/opened.
 *
 * Returns FD of opened file.
 *
 * Note: errors here are ERROR not PANIC because we might or might not be
 * inside a critical section (eg, during checkpoint there is no reason to
 * take down the system on failure).  They will promote to PANIC if we are
 * in a critical section.
 */
int
XLogFileInit(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli)
{
    bool        ignore_added;
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
    int         fd;
 
    Assert(logtli != 0);
 
    fd = XLogFileInitInternal(logsegno, logtli, &ignore_added, path);
    if (fd >= 0)
        return fd;
 
    /* Now open original target segment (might not be file I just made) */
    fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
                       get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
    if (fd < 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
    return fd;
}
 
/*
 * Create a new XLOG file segment by copying a pre-existing one.
 *
 * destsegno: identify segment to be created.
 *
 * srcTLI, srcsegno: identify segment to be copied (could be from
 *      a different timeline)
 *
 * upto: how much of the source file to copy (the rest is filled with
 *      zeros)
 *
 * Currently this is only used during recovery, and so there are no locking
 * considerations.  But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to avoid
 * emplacing a bogus file.
 */
static void
XLogFileCopy(TimeLineID destTLI, XLogSegNo destsegno,
             TimeLineID srcTLI, XLogSegNo srcsegno,
             int upto)
{
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
    char        tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
    PGAlignedXLogBlock buffer;
    int         srcfd;
    int         fd;
    int         nbytes;
 
    /*
     * Open the source file
     */
    XLogFilePath(path, srcTLI, srcsegno, wal_segment_size);
    srcfd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY);
    if (srcfd < 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
 
    /*
     * Copy into a temp file name.
     */
    snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
 
    unlink(tmppath);
 
    /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
    fd = OpenTransientFile(tmppath, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
    if (fd < 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
 
    /*
     * Do the data copying.
     */
    for (nbytes = 0; nbytes < wal_segment_size; nbytes += sizeof(buffer))
    {
        int         nread;
 
        nread = upto - nbytes;
 
        /*
         * The part that is not read from the source file is filled with
         * zeros.
         */
        if (nread < sizeof(buffer))
            memset(buffer.data, 0, sizeof(buffer));
 
        if (nread > 0)
        {
            int         r;
 
            if (nread > sizeof(buffer))
                nread = sizeof(buffer);
            pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_READ);
            r = read(srcfd, buffer.data, nread);
            if (r != nread)
            {
                if (r < 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode_for_file_access(),
                             errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
                                    path)));
                else
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                             errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
                                    path, r, (Size) nread)));
            }
            pgstat_report_wait_end();
        }
        errno = 0;
        pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_WRITE);
        if ((int) write(fd, buffer.data, sizeof(buffer)) != (int) sizeof(buffer))
        {
            int         save_errno = errno;
 
            /*
             * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
             */
            unlink(tmppath);
            /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
            errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOSPC;
 
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
        }
        pgstat_report_wait_end();
    }
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_SYNC);
    if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
        ereport(data_sync_elevel(ERROR),
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    if (CloseTransientFile(fd) != 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
 
    if (CloseTransientFile(srcfd) != 0)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", path)));
 
    /*
     * Now move the segment into place with its final name.
     */
    if (!InstallXLogFileSegment(&destsegno, tmppath, false, 0, destTLI))
        elog(ERROR, "InstallXLogFileSegment should not have failed");
}
 
/*
 * Install a new XLOG segment file as a current or future log segment.
 *
 * This is used both to install a newly-created segment (which has a temp
 * filename while it's being created) and to recycle an old segment.
 *
 * *segno: identify segment to install as (or first possible target).
 * When find_free is true, this is modified on return to indicate the
 * actual installation location or last segment searched.
 *
 * tmppath: initial name of file to install.  It will be renamed into place.
 *
 * find_free: if true, install the new segment at the first empty segno
 * number at or after the passed numbers.  If false, install the new segment
 * exactly where specified, deleting any existing segment file there.
 *
 * max_segno: maximum segment number to install the new file as.  Fail if no
 * free slot is found between *segno and max_segno. (Ignored when find_free
 * is false.)
 *
 * tli: The timeline on which the new segment should be installed.
 *
 * Returns true if the file was installed successfully.  false indicates that
 * max_segno limit was exceeded, the startup process has disabled this
 * function for now, or an error occurred while renaming the file into place.
 */
static bool
InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath,
                       bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno, TimeLineID tli)
{
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
    struct stat stat_buf;
 
    Assert(tli != 0);
 
    XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
 
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    if (!XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive)
    {
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
        return false;
    }
 
    if (!find_free)
    {
        /* Force installation: get rid of any pre-existing segment file */
        durable_unlink(path, DEBUG1);
    }
    else
    {
        /* Find a free slot to put it in */
        while (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
        {
            if ((*segno) >= max_segno)
            {
                /* Failed to find a free slot within specified range */
                LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
                return false;
            }
            (*segno)++;
            XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
        }
    }
 
    Assert(access(path, F_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT);
    if (durable_rename(tmppath, path, LOG) != 0)
    {
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
        /* durable_rename already emitted log message */
        return false;
    }
 
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Open a pre-existing logfile segment for writing.
 */
int
XLogFileOpen(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
{
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
    int         fd;
 
    XLogFilePath(path, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
 
    fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
                       get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
    if (fd < 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
 
    return fd;
}
 
/*
 * Close the current logfile segment for writing.
 */
static void
XLogFileClose(void)
{
    Assert(openLogFile >= 0);
 
    /*
     * WAL segment files will not be re-read in normal operation, so we advise
     * the OS to release any cached pages.  But do not do so if WAL archiving
     * or streaming is active, because archiver and walsender process could
     * use the cache to read the WAL segment.
     */
#if defined(USE_POSIX_FADVISE) && defined(POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED)
    if (!XLogIsNeeded() && (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) == 0)
        (void) posix_fadvise(openLogFile, 0, 0, POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED);
#endif
 
    if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
    {
        char        xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
        int         save_errno = errno;
 
        XLogFileName(xlogfname, openLogTLI, openLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        errno = save_errno;
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
    }
 
    openLogFile = -1;
    ReleaseExternalFD();
}
 
/*
 * Preallocate log files beyond the specified log endpoint.
 *
 * XXX this is currently extremely conservative, since it forces only one
 * future log segment to exist, and even that only if we are 75% done with
 * the current one.  This is only appropriate for very low-WAL-volume systems.
 * High-volume systems will be OK once they've built up a sufficient set of
 * recycled log segments, but the startup transient is likely to include
 * a lot of segment creations by foreground processes, which is not so good.
 *
 * XLogFileInitInternal() can ereport(ERROR).  All known causes indicate big
 * trouble; for example, a full filesystem is one cause.  The checkpoint WAL
 * and/or ControlFile updates already completed.  If a RequestCheckpoint()
 * initiated the present checkpoint and an ERROR ends this function, the
 * command that called RequestCheckpoint() fails.  That's not ideal, but it's
 * not worth contorting more functions to use caller-specified elevel values.
 * (With or without RequestCheckpoint(), an ERROR forestalls some inessential
 * reporting and resource reclamation.)
 */
static void
PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli)
{
    XLogSegNo   _logSegNo;
    int         lf;
    bool        added;
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
    uint64      offset;
 
    if (!XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive)
        return;                 /* unlocked check says no */
 
    XLByteToPrevSeg(endptr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    offset = XLogSegmentOffset(endptr - 1, wal_segment_size);
    if (offset >= (uint32) (0.75 * wal_segment_size))
    {
        _logSegNo++;
        lf = XLogFileInitInternal(_logSegNo, tli, &added, path);
        if (lf >= 0)
            close(lf);
        if (added)
            CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added++;
    }
}
 
/*
 * Throws an error if the given log segment has already been removed or
 * recycled. The caller should only pass a segment that it knows to have
 * existed while the server has been running, as this function always
 * succeeds if no WAL segments have been removed since startup.
 * 'tli' is only used in the error message.
 *
 * Note: this function guarantees to keep errno unchanged on return.
 * This supports callers that use this to possibly deliver a better
 * error message about a missing file, while still being able to throw
 * a normal file-access error afterwards, if this does return.
 */
void
CheckXLogRemoved(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
{
    int         save_errno = errno;
    XLogSegNo   lastRemovedSegNo;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    if (segno <= lastRemovedSegNo)
    {
        char        filename[MAXFNAMELEN];
 
        XLogFileName(filename, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
        errno = save_errno;
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("requested WAL segment %s has already been removed",
                        filename)));
    }
    errno = save_errno;
}
 
/*
 * Return the last WAL segment removed, or 0 if no segment has been removed
 * since startup.
 *
 * NB: the result can be out of date arbitrarily fast, the caller has to deal
 * with that.
 */
XLogSegNo
XLogGetLastRemovedSegno(void)
{
    XLogSegNo   lastRemovedSegNo;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return lastRemovedSegNo;
}
 
/*
 * Return the oldest WAL segment on the given TLI that still exists in
 * XLOGDIR, or 0 if none.
 */
XLogSegNo
XLogGetOldestSegno(TimeLineID tli)
{
    DIR        *xldir;
    struct dirent *xlde;
    XLogSegNo   oldest_segno = 0;
 
    xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
    while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
    {
        TimeLineID  file_tli;
        XLogSegNo   file_segno;
 
        /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments. */
        if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
            continue;
 
        /* Parse filename to get TLI and segno. */
        XLogFromFileName(xlde->d_name, &file_tli, &file_segno,
                         wal_segment_size);
 
        /* Ignore anything that's not from the TLI of interest. */
        if (tli != file_tli)
            continue;
 
        /* If it's the oldest so far, update oldest_segno. */
        if (oldest_segno == 0 || file_segno < oldest_segno)
            oldest_segno = file_segno;
    }
 
    FreeDir(xldir);
    return oldest_segno;
}
 
/*
 * Update the last removed segno pointer in shared memory, to reflect that the
 * given XLOG file has been removed.
 */
static void
UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename)
{
    uint32      tli;
    XLogSegNo   segno;
 
    XLogFromFileName(filename, &tli, &segno, wal_segment_size);
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    if (segno > XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo)
        XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo = segno;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
}
 
/*
 * Remove all temporary log files in pg_wal
 *
 * This is called at the beginning of recovery after a previous crash,
 * at a point where no other processes write fresh WAL data.
 */
static void
RemoveTempXlogFiles(void)
{
    DIR        *xldir;
    struct dirent *xlde;
 
    elog(DEBUG2, "removing all temporary WAL segments");
 
    xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
    while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
    {
        char        path[MAXPGPATH];
 
        if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, "xlogtemp.", 9) != 0)
            continue;
 
        snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
        unlink(path);
        elog(DEBUG2, "removed temporary WAL segment \"%s\"", path);
    }
    FreeDir(xldir);
}
 
/*
 * Recycle or remove all log files older or equal to passed segno.
 *
 * endptr is current (or recent) end of xlog, and lastredoptr is the
 * redo pointer of the last checkpoint. These are used to determine
 * whether we want to recycle rather than delete no-longer-wanted log files.
 *
 * insertTLI is the current timeline for XLOG insertion. Any recycled
 * segments should be reused for this timeline.
 */
static void
RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr, XLogRecPtr endptr,
                   TimeLineID insertTLI)
{
    DIR        *xldir;
    struct dirent *xlde;
    char        lastoff[MAXFNAMELEN];
    XLogSegNo   endlogSegNo;
    XLogSegNo   recycleSegNo;
 
    /* Initialize info about where to try to recycle to */
    XLByteToSeg(endptr, endlogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    recycleSegNo = XLOGfileslop(lastredoptr);
 
    /*
     * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept. The timeline ID
     * doesn't matter, we ignore that in the comparison. (During recovery,
     * InsertTimeLineID isn't set, so we can't use that.)
     */
    XLogFileName(lastoff, 0, segno, wal_segment_size);
 
    elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments older than log file %s",
         lastoff);
 
    xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
 
    while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
    {
        /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
        if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name) &&
            !IsPartialXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
            continue;
 
        /*
         * We ignore the timeline part of the XLOG segment identifiers in
         * deciding whether a segment is still needed.  This ensures that we
         * won't prematurely remove a segment from a parent timeline. We could
         * probably be a little more proactive about removing segments of
         * non-parent timelines, but that would be a whole lot more
         * complicated.
         *
         * We use the alphanumeric sorting property of the filenames to decide
         * which ones are earlier than the lastoff segment.
         */
        if (strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, lastoff + 8) <= 0)
        {
            if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
            {
                /* Update the last removed location in shared memory first */
                UpdateLastRemovedPtr(xlde->d_name);
 
                RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endlogSegNo, insertTLI);
            }
        }
    }
 
    FreeDir(xldir);
}
 
/*
 * Recycle or remove WAL files that are not part of the given timeline's
 * history.
 *
 * This is called during recovery, whenever we switch to follow a new
 * timeline, and at the end of recovery when we create a new timeline. We
 * wouldn't otherwise care about extra WAL files lying in pg_wal, but they
 * might be leftover pre-allocated or recycled WAL segments on the old timeline
 * that we haven't used yet, and contain garbage. If we just leave them in
 * pg_wal, they will eventually be archived, and we can't let that happen.
 * Files that belong to our timeline history are valid, because we have
 * successfully replayed them, but from others we can't be sure.
 *
 * 'switchpoint' is the current point in WAL where we switch to new timeline,
 * and 'newTLI' is the new timeline we switch to.
 */
void
RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr switchpoint, TimeLineID newTLI)
{
    DIR        *xldir;
    struct dirent *xlde;
    char        switchseg[MAXFNAMELEN];
    XLogSegNo   endLogSegNo;
    XLogSegNo   switchLogSegNo;
    XLogSegNo   recycleSegNo;
 
    /*
     * Initialize info about where to begin the work.  This will recycle,
     * somewhat arbitrarily, 10 future segments.
     */
    XLByteToPrevSeg(switchpoint, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    XLByteToSeg(switchpoint, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    recycleSegNo = endLogSegNo + 10;
 
    /*
     * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept.
     */
    XLogFileName(switchseg, newTLI, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
 
    elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments newer than log file %s",
         switchseg);
 
    xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
 
    while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
    {
        /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
        if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
            continue;
 
        /*
         * Remove files that are on a timeline older than the new one we're
         * switching to, but with a segment number >= the first segment on the
         * new timeline.
         */
        if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, switchseg, 8) < 0 &&
            strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, switchseg + 8) > 0)
        {
            /*
             * If the file has already been marked as .ready, however, don't
             * remove it yet. It should be OK to remove it - files that are
             * not part of our timeline history are not required for recovery
             * - but seems safer to let them be archived and removed later.
             */
            if (!XLogArchiveIsReady(xlde->d_name))
                RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endLogSegNo, newTLI);
        }
    }
 
    FreeDir(xldir);
}
 
/*
 * Recycle or remove a log file that's no longer needed.
 *
 * segment_de is the dirent structure of the segment to recycle or remove.
 * recycleSegNo is the segment number to recycle up to.  endlogSegNo is
 * the segment number of the current (or recent) end of WAL.
 *
 * endlogSegNo gets incremented if the segment is recycled so as it is not
 * checked again with future callers of this function.
 *
 * insertTLI is the current timeline for XLOG insertion. Any recycled segments
 * should be used for this timeline.
 */
static void
RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de,
               XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo,
               TimeLineID insertTLI)
{
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
#ifdef WIN32
    char        newpath[MAXPGPATH];
#endif
    const char *segname = segment_de->d_name;
 
    snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", segname);
 
    /*
     * Before deleting the file, see if it can be recycled as a future log
     * segment. Only recycle normal files, because we don't want to recycle
     * symbolic links pointing to a separate archive directory.
     */
    if (wal_recycle &&
        *endlogSegNo <= recycleSegNo &&
        XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive &&    /* callee rechecks this */
        get_dirent_type(path, segment_de, false, DEBUG2) == PGFILETYPE_REG &&
        InstallXLogFileSegment(endlogSegNo, path,
                               true, recycleSegNo, insertTLI))
    {
        ereport(DEBUG2,
                (errmsg_internal("recycled write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
                                 segname)));
        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled++;
        /* Needn't recheck that slot on future iterations */
        (*endlogSegNo)++;
    }
    else
    {
        /* No need for any more future segments, or recycling failed ... */
        int         rc;
 
        ereport(DEBUG2,
                (errmsg_internal("removing write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
                                 segname)));
 
#ifdef WIN32
 
        /*
         * On Windows, if another process (e.g another backend) holds the file
         * open in FILE_SHARE_DELETE mode, unlink will succeed, but the file
         * will still show up in directory listing until the last handle is
         * closed. To avoid confusing the lingering deleted file for a live
         * WAL file that needs to be archived, rename it before deleting it.
         *
         * If another process holds the file open without FILE_SHARE_DELETE
         * flag, rename will fail. We'll try again at the next checkpoint.
         */
        snprintf(newpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.deleted", path);
        if (rename(path, newpath) != 0)
        {
            ereport(LOG,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not rename file \"%s\": %m",
                            path)));
            return;
        }
        rc = durable_unlink(newpath, LOG);
#else
        rc = durable_unlink(path, LOG);
#endif
        if (rc != 0)
        {
            /* Message already logged by durable_unlink() */
            return;
        }
        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed++;
    }
 
    XLogArchiveCleanup(segname);
}
 
/*
 * Verify whether pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
 * If the latter do not exist, recreate them.
 *
 * It is not the goal of this function to verify the contents of these
 * directories, but to help in cases where someone has performed a cluster
 * copy for PITR purposes but omitted pg_wal from the copy.
 *
 * We could also recreate pg_wal if it doesn't exist, but a deliberate
 * policy decision was made not to.  It is fairly common for pg_wal to be
 * a symlink, and if that was the DBA's intent then automatically making a
 * plain directory would result in degraded performance with no notice.
 */
static void
ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void)
{
    char        path[MAXPGPATH];
    struct stat stat_buf;
 
    /* Check for pg_wal; if it doesn't exist, error out */
    if (stat(XLOGDIR, &stat_buf) != 0 ||
        !S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
                        XLOGDIR)));
 
    /* Check for archive_status */
    snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/archive_status");
    if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
    {
        /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
        if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
            ereport(FATAL,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
                            path)));
    }
    else
    {
        ereport(LOG,
                (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
        if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
            ereport(FATAL,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
                            path)));
    }
 
    /* Check for summaries */
    snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/summaries");
    if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
    {
        /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
        if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
            ereport(FATAL,
                    (errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
                            path)));
    }
    else
    {
        ereport(LOG,
                (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
        if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
            ereport(FATAL,
                    (errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
                            path)));
    }
}
 
/*
 * Remove previous backup history files.  This also retries creation of
 * .ready files for any backup history files for which XLogArchiveNotify
 * failed earlier.
 */
static void
CleanupBackupHistory(void)
{
    DIR        *xldir;
    struct dirent *xlde;
    char        path[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(XLOGDIR)];
 
    xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
 
    while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
    {
        if (IsBackupHistoryFileName(xlde->d_name))
        {
            if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
            {
                elog(DEBUG2, "removing WAL backup history file \"%s\"",
                     xlde->d_name);
                snprintf(path, sizeof(path), XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
                unlink(path);
                XLogArchiveCleanup(xlde->d_name);
            }
        }
    }
 
    FreeDir(xldir);
}
 
/*
 * I/O routines for pg_control
 *
 * *ControlFile is a buffer in shared memory that holds an image of the
 * contents of pg_control.  WriteControlFile() initializes pg_control
 * given a preloaded buffer, ReadControlFile() loads the buffer from
 * the pg_control file (during postmaster or standalone-backend startup),
 * and UpdateControlFile() rewrites pg_control after we modify xlog state.
 * InitControlFile() fills the buffer with initial values.
 *
 * For simplicity, WriteControlFile() initializes the fields of pg_control
 * that are related to checking backend/database compatibility, and
 * ReadControlFile() verifies they are correct.  We could split out the
 * I/O and compatibility-check functions, but there seems no need currently.
 */
 
static void
InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier, uint32 data_checksum_version)
{
    char        mock_auth_nonce[MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN];
 
    /*
     * Generate a random nonce. This is used for authentication requests that
     * will fail because the user does not exist. The nonce is used to create
     * a genuine-looking password challenge for the non-existent user, in lieu
     * of an actual stored password.
     */
    if (!pg_strong_random(mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN))
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
                 errmsg("could not generate secret authorization token")));
 
    memset(ControlFile, 0, sizeof(ControlFileData));
    /* Initialize pg_control status fields */
    ControlFile->system_identifier = sysidentifier;
    memcpy(ControlFile->mock_authentication_nonce, mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN);
    ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
    ControlFile->unloggedLSN = FirstNormalUnloggedLSN;
 
    /* Set important parameter values for use when replaying WAL */
    ControlFile->MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
    ControlFile->max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
    ControlFile->max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
    ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
    ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
    ControlFile->wal_level = wal_level;
    ControlFile->wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
    ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
    ControlFile->data_checksum_version = data_checksum_version;
 
    /*
     * Set the data_checksum_version value into XLogCtl, which is where all
     * processes get the current value from.
     */
    XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = data_checksum_version;
}
 
static void
WriteControlFile(void)
{
    int         fd;
    char        buffer[PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE];   /* need not be aligned */
 
    /*
     * Initialize version and compatibility-check fields
     */
    ControlFile->pg_control_version = PG_CONTROL_VERSION;
    ControlFile->catalog_version_no = CATALOG_VERSION_NO;
 
    ControlFile->maxAlign = MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF;
    ControlFile->floatFormat = FLOATFORMAT_VALUE;
 
    ControlFile->blcksz = BLCKSZ;
    ControlFile->relseg_size = RELSEG_SIZE;
    ControlFile->slru_pages_per_segment = SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT;
    ControlFile->xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
    ControlFile->xlog_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
 
    ControlFile->nameDataLen = NAMEDATALEN;
    ControlFile->indexMaxKeys = INDEX_MAX_KEYS;
 
    ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size = TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE;
    ControlFile->loblksize = LOBLKSIZE;
 
    ControlFile->float8ByVal = true;    /* vestigial */
 
    /*
     * Initialize the default 'char' signedness.
     *
     * The signedness of the char type is implementation-defined. For instance
     * on x86 architecture CPUs, the char data type is typically treated as
     * signed by default, whereas on aarch architecture CPUs, it is typically
     * treated as unsigned by default. In v17 or earlier, we accidentally let
     * C implementation signedness affect persistent data. This led to
     * inconsistent results when comparing char data across different
     * platforms.
     *
     * This flag can be used as a hint to ensure consistent behavior for
     * pre-v18 data files that store data sorted by the 'char' type on disk,
     * especially in cross-platform replication scenarios.
     *
     * Newly created database clusters unconditionally set the default char
     * signedness to true. pg_upgrade changes this flag for clusters that were
     * initialized on signedness=false platforms. As a result,
     * signedness=false setting will become rare over time. If we had known
     * about this problem during the last development cycle that forced initdb
     * (v8.3), we would have made all clusters signed or all clusters
     * unsigned. Making pg_upgrade the only source of signedness=false will
     * cause the population of database clusters to converge toward that
     * retrospective ideal.
     */
    ControlFile->default_char_signedness = true;
 
    /* Contents are protected with a CRC */
    INIT_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc);
    COMP_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc,
                ControlFile,
                offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
    FIN_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc);
 
    /*
     * We write out PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE bytes into pg_control, zero-padding
     * the excess over sizeof(ControlFileData).  This reduces the odds of
     * premature-EOF errors when reading pg_control.  We'll still fail when we
     * check the contents of the file, but hopefully with a more specific
     * error than "couldn't read pg_control".
     */
    memset(buffer, 0, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE);
    memcpy(buffer, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
 
    fd = BasicOpenFile(XLOG_CONTROL_FILE,
                       O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
    if (fd < 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
                        XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
 
    errno = 0;
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_WRITE);
    if (write(fd, buffer, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE) != PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE)
    {
        /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
        if (errno == 0)
            errno = ENOSPC;
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
                        XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
    }
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_SYNC);
    if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m",
                        XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    if (close(fd) != 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m",
                        XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
}
 
static void
ReadControlFile(void)
{
    pg_crc32c   crc;
    int         fd;
    char        wal_segsz_str[20];
    int         r;
 
    /*
     * Read data...
     */
    fd = BasicOpenFile(XLOG_CONTROL_FILE,
                       O_RDWR | PG_BINARY);
    if (fd < 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
                        XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_READ);
    r = read(fd, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
    if (r != sizeof(ControlFileData))
    {
        if (r < 0)
            ereport(PANIC,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
                            XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
        else
            ereport(PANIC,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                     errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
                            XLOG_CONTROL_FILE, r, sizeof(ControlFileData))));
    }
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    close(fd);
 
    /*
     * Check for expected pg_control format version.  If this is wrong, the
     * CRC check will likely fail because we'll be checking the wrong number
     * of bytes.  Complaining about wrong version will probably be more
     * enlightening than complaining about wrong CRC.
     */
 
    if (ControlFile->pg_control_version != PG_CONTROL_VERSION && ControlFile->pg_control_version % 65536 == 0 && ControlFile->pg_control_version / 65536 != 0)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x),"
                           " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x).",
                           ControlFile->pg_control_version, ControlFile->pg_control_version,
                           PG_CONTROL_VERSION, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
                 errhint("This could be a problem of mismatched byte ordering.  It looks like you need to initdb.")));
 
    if (ControlFile->pg_control_version != PG_CONTROL_VERSION)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
                           ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
 
    /* Now check the CRC. */
    INIT_CRC32C(crc);
    COMP_CRC32C(crc,
                ControlFile,
                offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
    FIN_CRC32C(crc);
 
    if (!EQ_CRC32C(crc, ControlFile->crc))
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("incorrect checksum in control file")));
 
    /*
     * Do compatibility checking immediately.  If the database isn't
     * compatible with the backend executable, we want to abort before we can
     * possibly do any damage.
     */
    if (ControlFile->catalog_version_no != CATALOG_VERSION_NO)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "CATALOG_VERSION_NO", ControlFile->catalog_version_no,
                           "CATALOG_VERSION_NO", CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->maxAlign != MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "MAXALIGN", ControlFile->maxAlign,
                           "MAXALIGN", MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->floatFormat != FLOATFORMAT_VALUE)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
                 errdetail("The database cluster appears to use a different floating-point number format than the server executable."),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->blcksz != BLCKSZ)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "BLCKSZ", ControlFile->blcksz,
                           "BLCKSZ", BLCKSZ),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->relseg_size != RELSEG_SIZE)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "RELSEG_SIZE", ControlFile->relseg_size,
                           "RELSEG_SIZE", RELSEG_SIZE),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->slru_pages_per_segment != SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT", ControlFile->slru_pages_per_segment,
                           "SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT", SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->xlog_blcksz != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "XLOG_BLCKSZ", ControlFile->xlog_blcksz,
                           "XLOG_BLCKSZ", XLOG_BLCKSZ),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->nameDataLen != NAMEDATALEN)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "NAMEDATALEN", ControlFile->nameDataLen,
                           "NAMEDATALEN", NAMEDATALEN),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->indexMaxKeys != INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "INDEX_MAX_KEYS", ControlFile->indexMaxKeys,
                           "INDEX_MAX_KEYS", INDEX_MAX_KEYS),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size != TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE", ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size,
                           "TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE", (int) TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
    if (ControlFile->loblksize != LOBLKSIZE)
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
        /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
                 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
                           " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
                           "LOBLKSIZE", ControlFile->loblksize,
                           "LOBLKSIZE", (int) LOBLKSIZE),
                 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
 
    Assert(ControlFile->float8ByVal);   /* vestigial, not worth an error msg */
 
    wal_segment_size = ControlFile->xlog_seg_size;
 
    if (!IsValidWalSegSize(wal_segment_size))
        ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                        errmsg_plural("invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d byte)",
                                      "invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d bytes)",
                                      wal_segment_size,
                                      wal_segment_size),
                        errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.")));
 
    snprintf(wal_segsz_str, sizeof(wal_segsz_str), "%d", wal_segment_size);
    SetConfigOption("wal_segment_size", wal_segsz_str, PGC_INTERNAL,
                    PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
 
    /* check and update variables dependent on wal_segment_size */
    if (ConvertToXSegs(min_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) < 2)
        ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
        /* translator: both %s are GUC names */
                        errmsg("\"%s\" must be at least twice \"%s\"",
                               "min_wal_size", "wal_segment_size")));
 
    if (ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) < 2)
        ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
        /* translator: both %s are GUC names */
                        errmsg("\"%s\" must be at least twice \"%s\"",
                               "max_wal_size", "wal_segment_size")));
 
    UsableBytesInSegment =
        (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ * UsableBytesInPage) -
        (SizeOfXLogLongPHD - SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
 
    CalculateCheckpointSegments();
}
 
/*
 * Utility wrapper to update the control file.  Note that the control
 * file gets flushed.
 */
static void
UpdateControlFile(void)
{
    update_controlfile(DataDir, ControlFile, true);
}
 
/*
 * Returns the unique system identifier from control file.
 */
uint64
GetSystemIdentifier(void)
{
    Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
    return ControlFile->system_identifier;
}
 
/*
 * Returns the random nonce from control file.
 */
char *
GetMockAuthenticationNonce(void)
{
    Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
    return ControlFile->mock_authentication_nonce;
}
 
/*
 * DataChecksumsNeedWrite
 *      Returns whether data checksums must be written or not
 *
 * Returns true if data checksums are enabled, or are in the process of being
 * enabled. During "inprogress-on" and "inprogress-off" states checksums must
 * be written even though they are not verified (see datachecksum_state.c for
 * a longer discussion).
 *
 * This function is intended for callsites which are about to write a data page
 * to storage, and need to know whether to re-calculate the checksum for the
 * page header. Calling this function must be performed as close to the write
 * operation as possible to keep the critical section short.
 */
bool
DataChecksumsNeedWrite(void)
{
    return (LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION ||
            LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON ||
            LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF);
}
 
 
bool
DataChecksumsOff(void)
{
    bool        ret;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    ret = (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return ret;
}
 
bool
DataChecksumsOn(void)
{
    bool        ret;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    ret = (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION);
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return ret;
}
 
bool
DataChecksumsInProgressOn(void)
{
    bool        ret;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    ret = (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON);
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return ret;
}
 
/*
 * DataChecksumsNeedVerify
 *      Returns whether data checksums must be verified or not
 *
 * Data checksums are only verified if they are fully enabled in the cluster.
 * During the "inprogress-on" and "inprogress-off" states they are only
 * updated, not verified (see datachecksum_state.c for a longer discussion).
 *
 * This function is intended for callsites which have read data and are about
 * to perform checksum validation based on the result of this.  Calling this
 * function must be performed as close to the validation call as possible to
 * keep the critical section short. This is in order to protect against time of
 * check/time of use situations around data checksum validation.
 */
bool
DataChecksumsNeedVerify(void)
{
    return (LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION);
}
 
/*
 * SetDataChecksumsOnInProgress
 *      Sets the data checksum state to "inprogress-on" to enable checksums
 *
 * To start the process of enabling data checksums in a running cluster the
 * data_checksum_version state must be changed to "inprogress-on". See
 * SetDataChecksumsOn below for a description on how this state change works.
 * This function blocks until all backends in the cluster have acknowledged the
 * state transition.
 */
void
SetDataChecksumsOnInProgress(void)
{
    uint64      barrier;
 
    /*
     * The state transition is performed in a critical section with
     * checkpoints held off to provide crash safety.
     */
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
    MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
 
    XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON);
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON;
    UpdateControlFile();
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON);
 
    MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
}
 
/*
 * SetDataChecksumsOn
 *      Set data checksums state to 'on' cluster-wide
 *
 * Enabling data checksums is performed using two barriers, the first one to
 * set the state to "inprogress-on" (done by SetDataChecksumsOnInProgress())
 * and the second one to set the state to "on" (done here). Below is a short
 * description of the processing, a more detailed write-up can be found in
 * datachecksum_state.c.
 *
 * To start the process of enabling data checksums in a running cluster the
 * data_checksum_version state must be changed to "inprogress-on".  This state
 * requires data checksums to be written but not verified. This ensures that
 * all data pages can be checksummed without the risk of false negatives in
 * validation during the process.  When all existing pages are guaranteed to
 * have checksums, and all new pages will be initiated with checksums, the
 * state can be changed to "on". Once the state is "on" checksums will be both
 * written and verified.
 *
 * This function blocks until all backends in the cluster have acknowledged the
 * state transition.
 */
void
SetDataChecksumsOn(void)
{
    uint64      barrier;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * The only allowed state transition to "on" is from "inprogress-on" since
     * that state ensures that all pages will have data checksums written.  No
     * such state transition exists, if it does happen it's likely due to a
     * programmer error.
     */
    if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version != PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON)
    {
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        elog(WARNING,
             "cannot set data checksums to \"on\", current state is not \"inprogress-on\", disabling");
        SetDataChecksumsOff();
        return;
    }
 
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    INJECTION_POINT("datachecksums-enable-checksums-delay", NULL);
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
    MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
 
    XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION);
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * Update the controlfile before waiting since if we have an immediate
     * shutdown while waiting we want to come back up with checksums enabled.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION;
    UpdateControlFile();
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_ON);
 
    MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
    WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
}
 
/*
 * SetDataChecksumsOff
 *      Disables data checksums cluster-wide
 *
 * Disabling data checksums must be performed with two sets of barriers, each
 * carrying a different state. The state is first set to "inprogress-off"
 * during which checksums are still written but not verified. This ensures that
 * backends which have yet to observe the state change from "on" won't get
 * validation errors on concurrently modified pages. Once all backends have
 * changed to "inprogress-off", the barrier for moving to "off" can be emitted.
 * This function blocks until all backends in the cluster have acknowledged the
 * state transition.
 */
void
SetDataChecksumsOff(void)
{
    uint64      barrier;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /* If data checksums are already disabled there is nothing to do */
    if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF)
    {
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        return;
    }
 
    /*
     * If data checksums are currently enabled, or in the process of being
     * enabled, we first transition to the "inprogress-off" state during which
     * backends continue to write checksums without verifying them. When all
     * backends are in "inprogress-off" the next transition to "off" can be
     * performed, after which all data checksum processing is disabled.
     */
    if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION ||
        XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON)
    {
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        START_CRIT_SECTION();
        MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
 
        XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF);
 
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF;
        UpdateControlFile();
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
        barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF);
 
        MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
        END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
        RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
        WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
 
        /*
         * At this point we know that no backends are verifying data checksums
         * during reading. Next, we can safely move to state "off" to also
         * stop writing checksums.
         */
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Ending up here implies that the checksums state is "inprogress-off"
         * and we can transition directly to "off" from there.
         */
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    }
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
    /* Ensure that we don't incur a checkpoint during disabling checksums */
    MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
 
    XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
    UpdateControlFile();
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_OFF);
 
    MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
    WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
}
 
/*
 * InitLocalDataChecksumState
 *
 * Set up backend local caches of controldata variables which may change at
 * any point during runtime and thus require special cased locking. So far
 * this only applies to data_checksum_version, but it's intended to be general
 * purpose enough to handle future cases.
 */
void
InitLocalDataChecksumState(void)
{
    Assert(InterruptHoldoffCount > 0);
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
}
 
void
SetLocalDataChecksumState(uint32 data_checksum_version)
{
    LocalDataChecksumState = data_checksum_version;
 
    data_checksums = data_checksum_version;
}
 
/* guc hook */
const char *
show_data_checksums(void)
{
    return get_checksum_state_string(LocalDataChecksumState);
}
 
/*
 * Return true if the cluster was initialized on a platform where the
 * default signedness of char is "signed". This function exists for code
 * that deals with pre-v18 data files that store data sorted by the 'char'
 * type on disk (e.g., GIN and GiST indexes). See the comments in
 * WriteControlFile() for details.
 */
bool
GetDefaultCharSignedness(void)
{
    return ControlFile->default_char_signedness;
}
 
/*
 * Returns a fake LSN for unlogged relations.
 *
 * Each call generates an LSN that is greater than any previous value
 * returned. The current counter value is saved and restored across clean
 * shutdowns, but like unlogged relations, does not survive a crash. This can
 * be used in lieu of real LSN values returned by XLogInsert, if you need an
 * LSN-like increasing sequence of numbers without writing any WAL.
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetFakeLSNForUnloggedRel(void)
{
    return pg_atomic_fetch_add_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN, 1);
}
 
/*
 * Auto-tune the number of XLOG buffers.
 *
 * The preferred setting for wal_buffers is about 3% of shared_buffers, with
 * a maximum of one XLOG segment (there is little reason to think that more
 * is helpful, at least so long as we force an fsync when switching log files)
 * and a minimum of 8 blocks (which was the default value prior to PostgreSQL
 * 9.1, when auto-tuning was added).
 *
 * This should not be called until NBuffers has received its final value.
 */
static int
XLOGChooseNumBuffers(void)
{
    int         xbuffers;
 
    xbuffers = NBuffers / 32;
    if (xbuffers > (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ))
        xbuffers = (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ);
    if (xbuffers < 8)
        xbuffers = 8;
    return xbuffers;
}
 
/*
 * GUC check_hook for wal_buffers
 */
bool
check_wal_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
{
    /*
     * -1 indicates a request for auto-tune.
     */
    if (*newval == -1)
    {
        /*
         * If we haven't yet changed the boot_val default of -1, just let it
         * be.  We'll fix it when XLOGShmemRequest is called.
         */
        if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
            return true;
 
        /* Otherwise, substitute the auto-tune value */
        *newval = XLOGChooseNumBuffers();
    }
 
    /*
     * We clamp manually-set values to at least 4 blocks.  Prior to PostgreSQL
     * 9.1, a minimum of 4 was enforced by guc.c, but since that is no longer
     * the case, we just silently treat such values as a request for the
     * minimum.  (We could throw an error instead, but that doesn't seem very
     * helpful.)
     */
    if (*newval < 4)
        *newval = 4;
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * GUC check_hook for wal_consistency_checking
 */
bool
check_wal_consistency_checking(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
{
    char       *rawstring;
    List       *elemlist;
    ListCell   *l;
    bool        newwalconsistency[RM_MAX_ID + 1];
 
    /* Initialize the array */
    MemSet(newwalconsistency, 0, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
 
    /* Need a modifiable copy of string */
    rawstring = pstrdup(*newval);
 
    /* Parse string into list of identifiers */
    if (!SplitIdentifierString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
    {
        /* syntax error in list */
        GUC_check_errdetail("List syntax is invalid.");
        pfree(rawstring);
        list_free(elemlist);
        return false;
    }
 
    foreach(l, elemlist)
    {
        char       *tok = (char *) lfirst(l);
        int         rmid;
 
        /* Check for 'all'. */
        if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "all") == 0)
        {
            for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
                if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL)
                    newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
        }
        else
        {
            /* Check if the token matches any known resource manager. */
            bool        found = false;
 
            for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
            {
                if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL &&
                    pg_strcasecmp(tok, GetRmgr(rmid).rm_name) == 0)
                {
                    newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
                    found = true;
                    break;
                }
            }
            if (!found)
            {
                /*
                 * During startup, it might be a not-yet-loaded custom
                 * resource manager.  Defer checking until
                 * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking().
                 */
                if (!process_shared_preload_libraries_done)
                {
                    check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = true;
                }
                else
                {
                    GUC_check_errdetail("Unrecognized key word: \"%s\".", tok);
                    pfree(rawstring);
                    list_free(elemlist);
                    return false;
                }
            }
        }
    }
 
    pfree(rawstring);
    list_free(elemlist);
 
    /* assign new value */
    *extra = guc_malloc(LOG, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
    if (!*extra)
        return false;
    memcpy(*extra, newwalconsistency, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * GUC assign_hook for wal_consistency_checking
 */
void
assign_wal_consistency_checking(const char *newval, void *extra)
{
    /*
     * If some checks were deferred, it's possible that the checks will fail
     * later during InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(). But in that case, the
     * postmaster will exit anyway, so it's safe to proceed with the
     * assignment.
     *
     * Any built-in resource managers specified are assigned immediately,
     * which affects WAL created before shared_preload_libraries are
     * processed. Any custom resource managers specified won't be assigned
     * until after shared_preload_libraries are processed, but that's OK
     * because WAL for a custom resource manager can't be written before the
     * module is loaded anyway.
     */
    wal_consistency_checking = extra;
}
 
/*
 * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking: run after loading custom resource managers
 *
 * If any unknown resource managers were specified in the
 * wal_consistency_checking GUC, processing was deferred.  Now that
 * shared_preload_libraries have been loaded, process wal_consistency_checking
 * again.
 */
void
InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(void)
{
    Assert(process_shared_preload_libraries_done);
 
    if (check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred)
    {
        struct config_generic *guc;
 
        guc = find_option("wal_consistency_checking", false, false, ERROR);
 
        check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false;
 
        set_config_option_ext("wal_consistency_checking",
                              wal_consistency_checking_string,
                              guc->scontext, guc->source, guc->srole,
                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, false);
 
        /* checking should not be deferred again */
        Assert(!check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred);
    }
}
 
/*
 * GUC show_hook for archive_command
 */
const char *
show_archive_command(void)
{
    if (XLogArchivingActive())
        return XLogArchiveCommand;
    else
        return "(disabled)";
}
 
/*
 * GUC show_hook for in_hot_standby
 */
const char *
show_in_hot_standby(void)
{
    /*
     * We display the actual state based on shared memory, so that this GUC
     * reports up-to-date state if examined intra-query.  The underlying
     * variable (in_hot_standby_guc) changes only when we transmit a new value
     * to the client.
     */
    return RecoveryInProgress() ? "on" : "off";
}
 
/*
 * GUC show_hook for effective_wal_level
 */
const char *
show_effective_wal_level(void)
{
    if (wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
        return "minimal";
 
    /*
     * During recovery, effective_wal_level reflects the primary's
     * configuration rather than the local wal_level value.
     */
    if (RecoveryInProgress())
        return IsXLogLogicalInfoEnabled() ? "logical" : "replica";
 
    return XLogLogicalInfoActive() ? "logical" : "replica";
}
 
/*
 * Read the control file, set respective GUCs.
 *
 * This is to be called during startup, including a crash recovery cycle,
 * unless in bootstrap mode, where no control file yet exists.  As there's no
 * usable shared memory yet (its sizing can depend on the contents of the
 * control file!), first store the contents in local memory. XLOGShmemInit()
 * will then copy it to shared memory later.
 *
 * reset just controls whether previous contents are to be expected (in the
 * reset case, there's a dangling pointer into old shared memory), or not.
 */
void
LocalProcessControlFile(bool reset)
{
    Assert(reset || ControlFile == NULL);
    LocalControlFile = palloc_object(ControlFileData);
    ControlFile = LocalControlFile;
    ReadControlFile();
    SetLocalDataChecksumState(ControlFile->data_checksum_version);
}
 
/*
 * Get the wal_level from the control file. For a standby, this value should be
 * considered as its active wal_level, because it may be different from what
 * was originally configured on standby.
 */
WalLevel
GetActiveWalLevelOnStandby(void)
{
    return ControlFile->wal_level;
}
 
/*
 * Register shared memory for XLOG.
 */
static void
XLOGShmemRequest(void *arg)
{
    Size        size;
 
    /*
     * If the value of wal_buffers is -1, use the preferred auto-tune value.
     * This isn't an amazingly clean place to do this, but we must wait till
     * NBuffers has received its final value, and must do it before using the
     * value of XLOGbuffers to do anything important.
     *
     * We prefer to report this value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT.
     * However, if the DBA explicitly set wal_buffers = -1 in the config file,
     * then PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT will fail to override that and we must force
     * the matter with PGC_S_OVERRIDE.
     */
    if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
    {
        char        buf[32];
 
        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", XLOGChooseNumBuffers());
        SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
                        PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
        if (XLOGbuffers == -1)  /* failed to apply it? */
            SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
                            PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    }
    Assert(XLOGbuffers > 0);
 
    /* XLogCtl */
    size = sizeof(XLogCtlData);
 
    /* WAL insertion locks, plus alignment */
    size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS + 1));
    /* xlblocks array */
    size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64), XLOGbuffers));
    /* extra alignment padding for XLOG I/O buffers */
    size = add_size(size, Max(XLOG_BLCKSZ, PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE));
    /* and the buffers themselves */
    size = add_size(size, mul_size(XLOG_BLCKSZ, XLOGbuffers));
 
    ShmemRequestStruct(.name = "XLOG Ctl",
                       .size = size,
                       .ptr = (void **) &XLogCtl,
        );
    ShmemRequestStruct(.name = "Control File",
                       .size = sizeof(ControlFileData),
                       .ptr = (void **) &ControlFile,
        );
}
 
/*
 * XLOGShmemInit - initialize the XLogCtl shared memory area.
 */
static void
XLOGShmemInit(void *arg)
{
    char       *allocptr;
    int         i;
 
#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
 
    /*
     * Create a memory context for WAL debugging that's exempt from the normal
     * "no pallocs in critical section" rule. Yes, that can lead to a PANIC if
     * an allocation fails, but wal_debug is not for production use anyway.
     */
    if (walDebugCxt == NULL)
    {
        walDebugCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
                                            "WAL Debug",
                                            ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
        MemoryContextAllowInCriticalSection(walDebugCxt, true);
    }
#endif
 
    memset(XLogCtl, 0, sizeof(XLogCtlData));
 
    /*
     * Already have read control file locally, unless in bootstrap mode. Move
     * contents into shared memory.
     */
    if (LocalControlFile)
    {
        memcpy(ControlFile, LocalControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
        pfree(LocalControlFile);
        LocalControlFile = NULL;
    }
 
    /*
     * Since XLogCtlData contains XLogRecPtr fields, its sizeof should be a
     * multiple of the alignment for same, so no extra alignment padding is
     * needed here.
     */
    allocptr = ((char *) XLogCtl) + sizeof(XLogCtlData);
    XLogCtl->xlblocks = (pg_atomic_uint64 *) allocptr;
    allocptr += sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64) * XLOGbuffers;
 
    for (i = 0; i < XLOGbuffers; i++)
    {
        pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[i], InvalidXLogRecPtr);
    }
 
    /* WAL insertion locks. Ensure they're aligned to the full padded size */
    allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) -
        ((uintptr_t) allocptr) % sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded);
    WALInsertLocks = XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks =
        (WALInsertLockPadded *) allocptr;
    allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) * NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
 
    for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
    {
        LWLockInitialize(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LWTRANCHE_WAL_INSERT);
        pg_atomic_init_u64(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
        WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    }
 
    /*
     * Align the start of the page buffers to a full xlog block size boundary.
     * This simplifies some calculations in XLOG insertion. It is also
     * required for O_DIRECT.
     */
    allocptr = (char *) TYPEALIGN(XLOG_BLCKSZ, allocptr);
    XLogCtl->pages = allocptr;
    memset(XLogCtl->pages, 0, (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ * XLOGbuffers);
 
    /*
     * Do basic initialization of XLogCtl shared data. (StartupXLOG will fill
     * in additional info.)
     */
    XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck = XLOGbuffers - 1;
    XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH;
    XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = false;
    XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = false;
 
    /* Use the checksum info from control file */
    XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = ControlFile->data_checksum_version;
    SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
 
    SpinLockInit(&XLogCtl->Insert.insertpos_lck);
    SpinLockInit(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
    pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
    pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
    pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
}
 
/*
 * XLOGShmemAttach - re-establish WALInsertLocks pointer after attaching.
 */
static void
XLOGShmemAttach(void *arg)
{
    WALInsertLocks = XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks;
}
 
/*
 * This func must be called ONCE on system install.  It creates pg_control
 * and the initial XLOG segment.
 */
void
BootStrapXLOG(uint32 data_checksum_version)
{
    CheckPoint  checkPoint;
    PGAlignedXLogBlock buffer;
    XLogPageHeader page;
    XLogLongPageHeader longpage;
    XLogRecord *record;
    char       *recptr;
    uint64      sysidentifier;
    struct timeval tv;
    pg_crc32c   crc;
 
    /* allow ordinary WAL segment creation, like StartupXLOG() would */
    SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
 
    /*
     * Select a hopefully-unique system identifier code for this installation.
     * We use the result of gettimeofday(), including the fractional seconds
     * field, as being about as unique as we can easily get.  (Think not to
     * use random(), since it hasn't been seeded and there's no portable way
     * to seed it other than the system clock value...)  The upper half of the
     * uint64 value is just the tv_sec part, while the lower half contains the
     * tv_usec part (which must fit in 20 bits), plus 12 bits from our current
     * PID for a little extra uniqueness.  A person knowing this encoding can
     * determine the initialization time of the installation, which could
     * perhaps be useful sometimes.
     */
    gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
    sysidentifier = ((uint64) tv.tv_sec) << 32;
    sysidentifier |= ((uint64) tv.tv_usec) << 12;
    sysidentifier |= getpid() & 0xFFF;
 
    memset(&buffer, 0, sizeof buffer);
    page = (XLogPageHeader) &buffer;
 
    /*
     * Set up information for the initial checkpoint record
     *
     * The initial checkpoint record is written to the beginning of the WAL
     * segment with logid=0 logseg=1. The very first WAL segment, 0/0, is not
     * used, so that we can use 0/0 to mean "before any valid WAL segment".
     */
    checkPoint.redo = wal_segment_size + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
    checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID = BootstrapTimeLineID;
    checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = BootstrapTimeLineID;
    checkPoint.fullPageWrites = fullPageWrites;
    checkPoint.logicalDecodingEnabled = (wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL);
    checkPoint.wal_level = wal_level;
    checkPoint.nextXid =
        FullTransactionIdFromEpochAndXid(0, FirstNormalTransactionId);
    checkPoint.nextOid = FirstGenbkiObjectId;
    checkPoint.nextMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
    checkPoint.nextMultiOffset = 1;
    checkPoint.oldestXid = FirstNormalTransactionId;
    checkPoint.oldestXidDB = Template1DbOid;
    checkPoint.oldestMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
    checkPoint.oldestMultiDB = Template1DbOid;
    checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid = InvalidTransactionId;
    checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid = InvalidTransactionId;
    checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
    checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = InvalidTransactionId;
    checkPoint.dataChecksumState = data_checksum_version;
 
    TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
    TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
    TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
    MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
    AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
    SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
    SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
    SetCommitTsLimit(InvalidTransactionId, InvalidTransactionId);
 
    /* Set up the XLOG page header */
    page->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
    page->xlp_info = XLP_LONG_HEADER;
    page->xlp_tli = BootstrapTimeLineID;
    page->xlp_pageaddr = wal_segment_size;
    longpage = (XLogLongPageHeader) page;
    longpage->xlp_sysid = sysidentifier;
    longpage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
    longpage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
 
    /* Insert the initial checkpoint record */
    recptr = ((char *) page + SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
    record = (XLogRecord *) recptr;
    record->xl_prev = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    record->xl_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
    record->xl_tot_len = SizeOfXLogRecord + SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort + sizeof(checkPoint);
    record->xl_info = XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN;
    record->xl_rmid = RM_XLOG_ID;
    recptr += SizeOfXLogRecord;
    /* fill the XLogRecordDataHeaderShort struct */
    *(recptr++) = (char) XLR_BLOCK_ID_DATA_SHORT;
    *(recptr++) = sizeof(checkPoint);
    memcpy(recptr, &checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
    recptr += sizeof(checkPoint);
    Assert(recptr - (char *) record == record->xl_tot_len);
 
    INIT_CRC32C(crc);
    COMP_CRC32C(crc, ((char *) record) + SizeOfXLogRecord, record->xl_tot_len - SizeOfXLogRecord);
    COMP_CRC32C(crc, (char *) record, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
    FIN_CRC32C(crc);
    record->xl_crc = crc;
 
    /* Create first XLOG segment file */
    openLogTLI = BootstrapTimeLineID;
    openLogFile = XLogFileInit(1, BootstrapTimeLineID);
 
    /*
     * We needn't bother with Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD here, since we'll
     * close the file again in a moment.
     */
 
    /* Write the first page with the initial record */
    errno = 0;
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_WRITE);
    if (write(openLogFile, &buffer, XLOG_BLCKSZ) != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
    {
        /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
        if (errno == 0)
            errno = ENOSPC;
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not write bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
    }
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_SYNC);
    if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not fsync bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg("could not close bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
 
    openLogFile = -1;
 
    /* Now create pg_control */
    InitControlFile(sysidentifier, data_checksum_version);
    ControlFile->time = checkPoint.time;
    ControlFile->checkPoint = checkPoint.redo;
    ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
 
    /* some additional ControlFile fields are set in WriteControlFile() */
    WriteControlFile();
 
    /* Bootstrap the commit log, too */
    BootStrapCLOG();
    BootStrapCommitTs();
    BootStrapSUBTRANS();
    BootStrapMultiXact();
 
    /*
     * Force control file to be read - in contrast to normal processing we'd
     * otherwise never run the checks and GUC related initializations therein.
     */
    ReadControlFile();
}
 
static char *
str_time(pg_time_t tnow, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
{
    pg_strftime(buf, bufsize,
                "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %Z",
                pg_localtime(&tnow, log_timezone));
 
    return buf;
}
 
/*
 * Initialize the first WAL segment on new timeline.
 */
static void
XLogInitNewTimeline(TimeLineID endTLI, XLogRecPtr endOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
{
    char        xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
    XLogSegNo   endLogSegNo;
    XLogSegNo   startLogSegNo;
 
    /* we always switch to a new timeline after archive recovery */
    Assert(endTLI != newTLI);
 
    /*
     * Update min recovery point one last time.
     */
    UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true);
 
    /*
     * Calculate the last segment on the old timeline, and the first segment
     * on the new timeline. If the switch happens in the middle of a segment,
     * they are the same, but if the switch happens exactly at a segment
     * boundary, startLogSegNo will be endLogSegNo + 1.
     */
    XLByteToPrevSeg(endOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    XLByteToSeg(endOfLog, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
 
    /*
     * Initialize the starting WAL segment for the new timeline. If the switch
     * happens in the middle of a segment, copy data from the last WAL segment
     * of the old timeline up to the switch point, to the starting WAL segment
     * on the new timeline.
     */
    if (endLogSegNo == startLogSegNo)
    {
        /*
         * Make a copy of the file on the new timeline.
         *
         * Writing WAL isn't allowed yet, so there are no locking
         * considerations. But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to
         * avoid emplacing a bogus file.
         */
        XLogFileCopy(newTLI, endLogSegNo, endTLI, endLogSegNo,
                     XLogSegmentOffset(endOfLog, wal_segment_size));
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * The switch happened at a segment boundary, so just create the next
         * segment on the new timeline.
         */
        int         fd;
 
        fd = XLogFileInit(startLogSegNo, newTLI);
 
        if (close(fd) != 0)
        {
            int         save_errno = errno;
 
            XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
            errno = save_errno;
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Let's just make real sure there are not .ready or .done flags posted
     * for the new segment.
     */
    XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    XLogArchiveCleanup(xlogfname);
}
 
/*
 * Perform cleanup actions at the conclusion of archive recovery.
 */
static void
CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI, XLogRecPtr EndOfLog,
                            TimeLineID newTLI)
{
    /*
     * Execute the recovery_end_command, if any.
     */
    if (recoveryEndCommand && strcmp(recoveryEndCommand, "") != 0)
        ExecuteRecoveryCommand(recoveryEndCommand,
                               "recovery_end_command",
                               true,
                               WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_END_COMMAND);
 
    /*
     * We switched to a new timeline. Clean up segments on the old timeline.
     *
     * If there are any higher-numbered segments on the old timeline, remove
     * them. They might contain valid WAL, but they might also be
     * pre-allocated files containing garbage. In any case, they are not part
     * of the new timeline's history so we don't need them.
     */
    RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
 
    /*
     * If the switch happened in the middle of a segment, what to do with the
     * last, partial segment on the old timeline? If we don't archive it, and
     * the server that created the WAL never archives it either (e.g. because
     * it was hit by a meteor), it will never make it to the archive. That's
     * OK from our point of view, because the new segment that we created with
     * the new TLI contains all the WAL from the old timeline up to the switch
     * point. But if you later try to do PITR to the "missing" WAL on the old
     * timeline, recovery won't find it in the archive. It's physically
     * present in the new file with new TLI, but recovery won't look there
     * when it's recovering to the older timeline. On the other hand, if we
     * archive the partial segment, and the original server on that timeline
     * is still running and archives the completed version of the same segment
     * later, it will fail. (We used to do that in 9.4 and below, and it
     * caused such problems).
     *
     * As a compromise, we rename the last segment with the .partial suffix,
     * and archive it. Archive recovery will never try to read .partial
     * segments, so they will normally go unused. But in the odd PITR case,
     * the administrator can copy them manually to the pg_wal directory
     * (removing the suffix). They can be useful in debugging, too.
     *
     * If a .done or .ready file already exists for the old timeline, however,
     * we had already determined that the segment is complete, so we can let
     * it be archived normally. (In particular, if it was restored from the
     * archive to begin with, it's expected to have a .done file).
     */
    if (XLogSegmentOffset(EndOfLog, wal_segment_size) != 0 &&
        XLogArchivingActive())
    {
        char        origfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
        XLogSegNo   endLogSegNo;
 
        XLByteToPrevSeg(EndOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        XLogFileName(origfname, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
 
        if (!XLogArchiveIsReadyOrDone(origfname))
        {
            char        origpath[MAXPGPATH];
            char        partialfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
            char        partialpath[MAXPGPATH];
 
            /*
             * If we're summarizing WAL, we can't rename the partial file
             * until the summarizer finishes with it, else it will fail.
             */
            if (summarize_wal)
                WaitForWalSummarization(EndOfLog);
 
            XLogFilePath(origpath, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
            snprintf(partialfname, MAXFNAMELEN, "%s.partial", origfname);
            snprintf(partialpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.partial", origpath);
 
            /*
             * Make sure there's no .done or .ready file for the .partial
             * file.
             */
            XLogArchiveCleanup(partialfname);
 
            durable_rename(origpath, partialpath, ERROR);
            XLogArchiveNotify(partialfname);
        }
    }
}
 
/*
 * Check to see if required parameters are set high enough on this server
 * for various aspects of recovery operation.
 *
 * Note that all the parameters which this function tests need to be
 * listed in Administrator's Overview section in high-availability.sgml.
 * If you change them, don't forget to update the list.
 */
static void
CheckRequiredParameterValues(void)
{
    /*
     * For archive recovery, the WAL must be generated with at least 'replica'
     * wal_level.
     */
    if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && ControlFile->wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
    {
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("WAL was generated with \"wal_level=minimal\", cannot continue recovering"),
                 errdetail("This happens if you temporarily set \"wal_level=minimal\" on the server."),
                 errhint("Use a backup taken after setting \"wal_level\" to higher than \"minimal\".")));
    }
 
    /*
     * For Hot Standby, the WAL must be generated with 'replica' mode, and we
     * must have at least as many backend slots as the primary.
     */
    if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && EnableHotStandby)
    {
        /* We ignore autovacuum_worker_slots when we make this test. */
        RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_connections",
                                     MaxConnections,
                                     ControlFile->MaxConnections);
        RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_worker_processes",
                                     max_worker_processes,
                                     ControlFile->max_worker_processes);
        RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_wal_senders",
                                     max_wal_senders,
                                     ControlFile->max_wal_senders);
        RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_prepared_transactions",
                                     max_prepared_xacts,
                                     ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts);
        RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_locks_per_transaction",
                                     max_locks_per_xact,
                                     ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact);
    }
}
 
/*
 * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend startup
 */
void
StartupXLOG(void)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert;
    CheckPoint  checkPoint;
    bool        wasShutdown;
    bool        didCrash;
    bool        haveTblspcMap;
    bool        haveBackupLabel;
    XLogRecPtr  EndOfLog;
    TimeLineID  EndOfLogTLI;
    TimeLineID  newTLI;
    bool        performedWalRecovery;
    EndOfWalRecoveryInfo *endOfRecoveryInfo;
    XLogRecPtr  abortedRecPtr;
    XLogRecPtr  missingContrecPtr;
    TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
    bool        promoted = false;
    char        timebuf[128];
 
    /*
     * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
     * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
     */
    Assert(AuxProcessResourceOwner != NULL);
    Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
           CurrentResourceOwner == AuxProcessResourceOwner);
    CurrentResourceOwner = AuxProcessResourceOwner;
 
    /*
     * Check that contents look valid.
     */
    if (!XRecOffIsValid(ControlFile->checkPoint))
        ereport(FATAL,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                 errmsg("control file contains invalid checkpoint location")));
 
    switch (ControlFile->state)
    {
        case DB_SHUTDOWNED:
 
            /*
             * This is the expected case, so don't be chatty in standalone
             * mode
             */
            ereport(IsPostmasterEnvironment ? LOG : NOTICE,
                    (errmsg("database system was shut down at %s",
                            str_time(ControlFile->time,
                                     timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
            break;
 
        case DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY:
            ereport(LOG,
                    (errmsg("database system was shut down in recovery at %s",
                            str_time(ControlFile->time,
                                     timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
            break;
 
        case DB_SHUTDOWNING:
            ereport(LOG,
                    (errmsg("database system shutdown was interrupted; last known up at %s",
                            str_time(ControlFile->time,
                                     timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
            break;
 
        case DB_IN_CRASH_RECOVERY:
            ereport(LOG,
                    (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
                            str_time(ControlFile->time,
                                     timebuf, sizeof(timebuf))),
                     errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
                             " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
            break;
 
        case DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY:
            ereport(LOG,
                    (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at log time %s",
                            str_time(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.time,
                                     timebuf, sizeof(timebuf))),
                     errhint("If this has occurred more than once some data might be corrupted"
                             " and you might need to choose an earlier recovery target.")));
            break;
 
        case DB_IN_PRODUCTION:
            ereport(LOG,
                    (errmsg("database system was interrupted; last known up at %s",
                            str_time(ControlFile->time,
                                     timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
            break;
 
        default:
            ereport(FATAL,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
                     errmsg("control file contains invalid database cluster state")));
    }
 
    /* This is just to allow attaching to startup process with a debugger */
#ifdef XLOG_REPLAY_DELAY
    if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED)
        pg_usleep(60000000L);
#endif
 
    /*
     * Verify that pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
     * In cases where someone has performed a copy for PITR, these directories
     * may have been excluded and need to be re-created.
     */
    ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure();
 
    /* Set up timeout handler needed to report startup progress. */
    if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
        RegisterTimeout(STARTUP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT,
                        startup_progress_timeout_handler);
 
    /*----------
     * If we previously crashed, perform a couple of actions:
     *
     * - The pg_wal directory may still include some temporary WAL segments
     *   used when creating a new segment, so perform some clean up to not
     *   bloat this path.  This is done first as there is no point to sync
     *   this temporary data.
     *
     * - There might be data which we had written, intending to fsync it, but
     *   which we had not actually fsync'd yet.  Therefore, a power failure in
     *   the near future might cause earlier unflushed writes to be lost, even
     *   though more recent data written to disk from here on would be
     *   persisted.  To avoid that, fsync the entire data directory.
     */
    if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED &&
        ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY)
    {
        RemoveTempXlogFiles();
        SyncDataDirectory();
        didCrash = true;
    }
    else
        didCrash = false;
 
    /*
     * Prepare for WAL recovery if needed.
     *
     * InitWalRecovery analyzes the control file and the backup label file, if
     * any.  It updates the in-memory ControlFile buffer according to the
     * starting checkpoint, and sets InRecovery and ArchiveRecoveryRequested.
     * It also applies the tablespace map file, if any.
     */
    InitWalRecovery(ControlFile, &wasShutdown,
                    &haveBackupLabel, &haveTblspcMap);
    checkPoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy;
 
    /* initialize shared memory variables from the checkpoint record */
    TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
    TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
    TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
    MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
    AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
    SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
    SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
    SetCommitTsLimit(checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid,
                     checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid);
 
    /*
     * Clear out any old relcache cache files.  This is *necessary* if we do
     * any WAL replay, since that would probably result in the cache files
     * being out of sync with database reality.  In theory we could leave them
     * in place if the database had been cleanly shut down, but it seems
     * safest to just remove them always and let them be rebuilt during the
     * first backend startup.  These files needs to be removed from all
     * directories including pg_tblspc, however the symlinks are created only
     * after reading tablespace_map file in case of archive recovery from
     * backup, so needs to clear old relcache files here after creating
     * symlinks.
     */
    RelationCacheInitFileRemove();
 
    /*
     * Initialize replication slots, before there's a chance to remove
     * required resources.
     */
    StartupReplicationSlots();
 
    /*
     * Startup the logical decoding status with the last status stored in the
     * checkpoint record.
     */
    StartupLogicalDecodingStatus(checkPoint.logicalDecodingEnabled);
 
    /*
     * Startup logical state, needs to be setup now so we have proper data
     * during crash recovery.
     */
    StartupReorderBuffer();
 
    /*
     * Startup CLOG. This must be done after TransamVariables->nextXid has
     * been initialized and before we accept connections or begin WAL replay.
     */
    StartupCLOG();
 
    /*
     * Startup MultiXact. We need to do this early to be able to replay
     * truncations.
     */
    StartupMultiXact();
 
    /*
     * Ditto for commit timestamps.  Activate the facility if the setting is
     * enabled in the control file, as there should be no tracking of commit
     * timestamps done when the setting was disabled.  This facility can be
     * started or stopped when replaying a XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record.
     */
    if (ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp)
        StartupCommitTs();
 
    /*
     * Recover knowledge about replay progress of known replication partners.
     */
    StartupReplicationOrigin();
 
    /*
     * Initialize unlogged LSN. On a clean shutdown, it's restored from the
     * control file. On recovery, all unlogged relations are blown away, so
     * the unlogged LSN counter can be reset too.
     */
    if (ControlFile->state == DB_SHUTDOWNED)
        pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN,
                                       ControlFile->unloggedLSN);
    else
        pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN,
                                       FirstNormalUnloggedLSN);
 
    /*
     * Copy any missing timeline history files between 'now' and the recovery
     * target timeline from archive to pg_wal. While we don't need those files
     * ourselves - the history file of the recovery target timeline covers all
     * the previous timelines in the history too - a cascading standby server
     * might be interested in them. Or, if you archive the WAL from this
     * server to a different archive than the primary, it'd be good for all
     * the history files to get archived there after failover, so that you can
     * use one of the old timelines as a PITR target. Timeline history files
     * are small, so it's better to copy them unnecessarily than not copy them
     * and regret later.
     */
    restoreTimeLineHistoryFiles(checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, recoveryTargetTLI);
 
    /*
     * Before running in recovery, scan pg_twophase and fill in its status to
     * be able to work on entries generated by redo.  Doing a scan before
     * taking any recovery action has the merit to discard any 2PC files that
     * are newer than the first record to replay, saving from any conflicts at
     * replay.  This avoids as well any subsequent scans when doing recovery
     * of the on-disk two-phase data.
     */
    restoreTwoPhaseData();
 
    /*
     * When starting with crash recovery, reset pgstat data - it might not be
     * valid. Otherwise restore pgstat data. It's safe to do this here,
     * because postmaster will not yet have started any other processes.
     *
     * NB: Restoring replication slot stats relies on slot state to have
     * already been restored from disk.
     *
     * TODO: With a bit of extra work we could just start with a pgstat file
     * associated with the checkpoint redo location we're starting from.
     */
    if (didCrash)
        pgstat_discard_stats();
    else
        pgstat_restore_stats();
 
    lastFullPageWrites = checkPoint.fullPageWrites;
 
    RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
    doPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
 
    /* REDO */
    if (InRecovery)
    {
        /* Initialize state for RecoveryInProgress() */
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        if (InArchiveRecovery)
            XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE;
        else
            XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        /*
         * Update pg_control to show that we are recovering and to show the
         * selected checkpoint as the place we are starting from. We also mark
         * pg_control with any minimum recovery stop point obtained from a
         * backup history file.
         *
         * No need to hold ControlFileLock yet, we aren't up far enough.
         */
        UpdateControlFile();
 
        /*
         * If there was a backup label file, it's done its job and the info
         * has now been propagated into pg_control.  We must get rid of the
         * label file so that if we crash during recovery, we'll pick up at
         * the latest recovery restartpoint instead of going all the way back
         * to the backup start point.  It seems prudent though to just rename
         * the file out of the way rather than delete it completely.
         */
        if (haveBackupLabel)
        {
            unlink(BACKUP_LABEL_OLD);
            durable_rename(BACKUP_LABEL_FILE, BACKUP_LABEL_OLD, FATAL);
        }
 
        /*
         * If there was a tablespace_map file, it's done its job and the
         * symlinks have been created.  We must get rid of the map file so
         * that if we crash during recovery, we don't create symlinks again.
         * It seems prudent though to just rename the file out of the way
         * rather than delete it completely.
         */
        if (haveTblspcMap)
        {
            unlink(TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD);
            durable_rename(TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD, FATAL);
        }
 
        /*
         * Initialize our local copy of minRecoveryPoint.  When doing crash
         * recovery we want to replay up to the end of WAL.  Particularly, in
         * the case of a promoted standby minRecoveryPoint value in the
         * control file is only updated after the first checkpoint.  However,
         * if the instance crashes before the first post-recovery checkpoint
         * is completed then recovery will use a stale location causing the
         * startup process to think that there are still invalid page
         * references when checking for data consistency.
         */
        if (InArchiveRecovery)
        {
            LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
            LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
        }
        else
        {
            LocalMinRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
            LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
        }
 
        /* Check that the GUCs used to generate the WAL allow recovery */
        CheckRequiredParameterValues();
 
        /*
         * We're in recovery, so unlogged relations may be trashed and must be
         * reset.  This should be done BEFORE allowing Hot Standby
         * connections, so that read-only backends don't try to read whatever
         * garbage is left over from before.
         */
        ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_CLEANUP);
 
        /*
         * Likewise, delete any saved transaction snapshot files that got left
         * behind by crashed backends.
         */
        DeleteAllExportedSnapshotFiles();
 
        /*
         * Initialize for Hot Standby, if enabled. We won't let backends in
         * yet, not until we've reached the min recovery point specified in
         * control file and we've established a recovery snapshot from a
         * running-xacts WAL record.
         */
        if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && EnableHotStandby)
        {
            TransactionId *xids;
            int         nxids;
 
            ereport(DEBUG1,
                    (errmsg_internal("initializing for hot standby")));
 
            InitRecoveryTransactionEnvironment();
 
            if (wasShutdown)
                oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
            else
                oldestActiveXID = checkPoint.oldestActiveXid;
            Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(oldestActiveXID));
 
            /* Tell procarray about the range of xids it has to deal with */
            ProcArrayInitRecovery(XidFromFullTransactionId(TransamVariables->nextXid));
 
            /*
             * Startup subtrans only.  CLOG, MultiXact and commit timestamp
             * have already been started up and other SLRUs are not maintained
             * during recovery and need not be started yet.
             */
            StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
 
            /*
             * If we're beginning at a shutdown checkpoint, we know that
             * nothing was running on the primary at this point. So fake-up an
             * empty running-xacts record and use that here and now. Recover
             * additional standby state for prepared transactions.
             */
            if (wasShutdown)
            {
                RunningTransactionsData running;
                TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
 
                /* Update pg_subtrans entries for any prepared transactions */
                StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions();
 
                /*
                 * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a
                 * shut down server, with only prepared transactions still
                 * alive. We're never overflowed at this point because all
                 * subxids are listed with their parent prepared transactions.
                 */
                running.xcnt = nxids;
                running.subxcnt = 0;
                running.subxid_status = SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS;
                running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
                running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
                latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
                TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
                Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
                running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
                running.xids = xids;
 
                ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(&running);
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * We're all set for replaying the WAL now. Do it.
         */
        PerformWalRecovery();
        performedWalRecovery = true;
    }
    else
        performedWalRecovery = false;
 
    /*
     * Finish WAL recovery.
     */
    endOfRecoveryInfo = FinishWalRecovery();
    EndOfLog = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLog;
    EndOfLogTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLogTLI;
    abortedRecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->abortedRecPtr;
    missingContrecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->missingContrecPtr;
 
    /*
     * Reset ps status display, so as no information related to recovery shows
     * up.
     */
    set_ps_display("");
 
    /*
     * When recovering from a backup (we are in recovery, and archive recovery
     * was requested), complain if we did not roll forward far enough to reach
     * the point where the database is consistent.  For regular online
     * backup-from-primary, that means reaching the end-of-backup WAL record
     * (at which point we reset backupStartPoint to be Invalid), for
     * backup-from-replica (which can't inject records into the WAL stream),
     * that point is when we reach the minRecoveryPoint in pg_control (which
     * we purposefully copy last when backing up from a replica).  For
     * pg_rewind (which creates a backup_label with a method of "pg_rewind")
     * or snapshot-style backups (which don't), backupEndRequired will be set
     * to false.
     *
     * Note: it is indeed okay to look at the local variable
     * LocalMinRecoveryPoint here, even though ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint
     * might be further ahead --- ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint cannot have
     * been advanced beyond the WAL we processed.
     */
    if (InRecovery &&
        (EndOfLog < LocalMinRecoveryPoint ||
         XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint)))
    {
        /*
         * Ran off end of WAL before reaching end-of-backup WAL record, or
         * minRecoveryPoint. That's a bad sign, indicating that you tried to
         * recover from an online backup but never called pg_backup_stop(), or
         * you didn't archive all the WAL needed.
         */
        if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested || ControlFile->backupEndRequired)
        {
            if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint) || ControlFile->backupEndRequired)
                ereport(FATAL,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                         errmsg("WAL ends before end of online backup"),
                         errhint("All WAL generated while online backup was taken must be available at recovery.")));
            else
                ereport(FATAL,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                         errmsg("WAL ends before consistent recovery point")));
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Reset unlogged relations to the contents of their INIT fork. This is
     * done AFTER recovery is complete so as to include any unlogged relations
     * created during recovery, but BEFORE recovery is marked as having
     * completed successfully. Otherwise we'd not retry if any of the post
     * end-of-recovery steps fail.
     */
    if (InRecovery)
        ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_INIT);
 
    /*
     * Pre-scan prepared transactions to find out the range of XIDs present.
     * This information is not quite needed yet, but it is positioned here so
     * as potential problems are detected before any on-disk change is done.
     */
    oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(NULL, NULL);
 
    /*
     * Allow ordinary WAL segment creation before possibly switching to a new
     * timeline, which creates a new segment, and after the last ReadRecord().
     */
    SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
 
    /*
     * Consider whether we need to assign a new timeline ID.
     *
     * If we did archive recovery, we always assign a new ID.  This handles a
     * couple of issues.  If we stopped short of the end of WAL during
     * recovery, then we are clearly generating a new timeline and must assign
     * it a unique new ID.  Even if we ran to the end, modifying the current
     * last segment is problematic because it may result in trying to
     * overwrite an already-archived copy of that segment, and we encourage
     * DBAs to make their archive_commands reject that.  We can dodge the
     * problem by making the new active segment have a new timeline ID.
     *
     * In a normal crash recovery, we can just extend the timeline we were in.
     */
    newTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
    if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
    {
        newTLI = findNewestTimeLine(recoveryTargetTLI) + 1;
        ereport(LOG,
                (errmsg("selected new timeline ID: %u", newTLI)));
 
        /*
         * Make a writable copy of the last WAL segment.  (Note that we also
         * have a copy of the last block of the old WAL in
         * endOfRecovery->lastPage; we will use that below.)
         */
        XLogInitNewTimeline(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
 
        /*
         * Remove the signal files out of the way, so that we don't
         * accidentally re-enter archive recovery mode in a subsequent crash.
         */
        if (endOfRecoveryInfo->standby_signal_file_found)
            durable_unlink(STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE, FATAL);
 
        if (endOfRecoveryInfo->recovery_signal_file_found)
            durable_unlink(RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE, FATAL);
 
        /*
         * Write the timeline history file, and have it archived. After this
         * point (or rather, as soon as the file is archived), the timeline
         * will appear as "taken" in the WAL archive and to any standby
         * servers.  If we crash before actually switching to the new
         * timeline, standby servers will nevertheless think that we switched
         * to the new timeline, and will try to connect to the new timeline.
         * To minimize the window for that, try to do as little as possible
         * between here and writing the end-of-recovery record.
         */
        writeTimeLineHistory(newTLI, recoveryTargetTLI,
                             EndOfLog, endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
 
        ereport(LOG,
                (errmsg("archive recovery complete")));
    }
 
    /* Save the selected TimeLineID in shared memory, too */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID = newTLI;
    XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * Actually, if WAL ended in an incomplete record, skip the parts that
     * made it through and start writing after the portion that persisted.
     * (It's critical to first write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message, which
     * we'll do as soon as we're open for writing new WAL.)
     */
    if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(missingContrecPtr))
    {
        /*
         * We should only have a missingContrecPtr if we're not switching to a
         * new timeline. When a timeline switch occurs, WAL is copied from the
         * old timeline to the new only up to the end of the last complete
         * record, so there can't be an incomplete WAL record that we need to
         * disregard.
         */
        Assert(newTLI == endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI);
        Assert(XLogRecPtrIsValid(abortedRecPtr));
        EndOfLog = missingContrecPtr;
    }
 
    /*
     * Prepare to write WAL starting at EndOfLog location, and init xlog
     * buffer cache using the block containing the last record from the
     * previous incarnation.
     */
    Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    Insert->PrevBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRec);
    Insert->CurrBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(EndOfLog);
 
    /*
     * Tricky point here: lastPage contains the *last* block that the LastRec
     * record spans, not the one it starts in.  The last block is indeed the
     * one we want to use.
     */
    if (EndOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
    {
        char       *page;
        int         len;
        int         firstIdx;
 
        firstIdx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(EndOfLog);
        len = EndOfLog - endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr;
        Assert(len < XLOG_BLCKSZ);
 
        /* Copy the valid part of the last block, and zero the rest */
        page = &XLogCtl->pages[firstIdx * XLOG_BLCKSZ];
        memcpy(page, endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage, len);
        memset(page + len, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ - len);
 
        pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[firstIdx], endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ);
        XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * There is no partial block to copy. Just set InitializedUpTo, and
         * let the first attempt to insert a log record to initialize the next
         * buffer.
         */
        XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = EndOfLog;
    }
 
    /*
     * Update local and shared status.  This is OK to do without any locks
     * because no other process can be reading or writing WAL yet.
     */
    LogwrtResult.Write = LogwrtResult.Flush = EndOfLog;
    pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult, EndOfLog);
    pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, EndOfLog);
    pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, EndOfLog);
    XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndOfLog;
    XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = EndOfLog;
 
    /*
     * Preallocate additional log files, if wanted.
     */
    PreallocXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
 
    /*
     * Okay, we're officially UP.
     */
    InRecovery = false;
 
    /* start the archive_timeout timer and LSN running */
    XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
    XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = EndOfLog;
 
    /* also initialize latestCompletedXid, to nextXid - 1 */
    LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    TransamVariables->latestCompletedXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
    FullTransactionIdRetreat(&TransamVariables->latestCompletedXid);
    LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock);
 
    /*
     * Start up subtrans, if not already done for hot standby.  (commit
     * timestamps are started below, if necessary.)
     */
    if (standbyState == STANDBY_DISABLED)
        StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
 
    /*
     * Perform end of recovery actions for any SLRUs that need it.
     */
    TrimCLOG();
    TrimMultiXact();
 
    /*
     * Reload shared-memory state for prepared transactions.  This needs to
     * happen before renaming the last partial segment of the old timeline as
     * it may be possible that we have to recover some transactions from it.
     */
    RecoverPreparedTransactions();
 
    /* Shut down xlogreader */
    ShutdownWalRecovery();
 
    /* Enable WAL writes for this backend only. */
    LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
 
    /* If necessary, write overwrite-contrecord before doing anything else */
    if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(abortedRecPtr))
    {
        Assert(XLogRecPtrIsValid(missingContrecPtr));
        CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(abortedRecPtr, missingContrecPtr, newTLI);
    }
 
    /*
     * Update full_page_writes in shared memory and write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE
     * record before resource manager writes cleanup WAL records or checkpoint
     * record is written.
     */
    Insert->fullPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
    UpdateFullPageWrites();
 
    /*
     * Emit checkpoint or end-of-recovery record in XLOG, if required.
     */
    if (performedWalRecovery)
        promoted = PerformRecoveryXLogAction();
 
    /*
     * If any of the critical GUCs have changed, log them before we allow
     * backends to write WAL.
     */
    XLogReportParameters();
 
    /* If this is archive recovery, perform post-recovery cleanup actions. */
    if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
        CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
 
    /*
     * Local WAL inserts enabled, so it's time to finish initialization of
     * commit timestamp.
     */
    CompleteCommitTsInitialization();
 
    /*
     * Update logical decoding status in shared memory and write an
     * XLOG_LOGICAL_DECODING_STATUS_CHANGE, if necessary.
     */
    UpdateLogicalDecodingStatusEndOfRecovery();
 
    /* Clean up EndOfWalRecoveryInfo data to appease Valgrind leak checking */
    if (endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage)
        pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage);
    pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
    pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo);
 
    /*
     * If we reach this point with checksums in the state inprogress-on, it
     * means that data checksums were in the process of being enabled when the
     * cluster shut down. Since processing didn't finish, the operation will
     * have to be restarted from scratch since there is no capability to
     * continue where it was when the cluster shut down. Thus, revert the
     * state back to off, and inform the user with a warning message. Being
     * able to restart processing is a TODO, but it wouldn't be possible to
     * restart here since we cannot launch a dynamic background worker
     * directly from here (it has to be from a regular backend).
     */
    if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON)
    {
        XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
 
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
        SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        ereport(WARNING,
                errmsg("enabling data checksums was interrupted"),
                errhint("Data checksum processing must be manually restarted for checksums to be enabled"));
    }
 
    /*
     * If data checksums were being disabled when the cluster was shut down,
     * we know that we have a state where all backends have stopped validating
     * checksums and we can move to off instead of prompting the user to
     * perform any action.
     */
    if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF)
    {
        XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
 
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
        SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    }
 
    /*
     * All done with end-of-recovery actions.
     *
     * Now allow backends to write WAL and update the control file status in
     * consequence.  SharedRecoveryState, that controls if backends can write
     * WAL, is updated while holding ControlFileLock to prevent other backends
     * to look at an inconsistent state of the control file in shared memory.
     * There is still a small window during which backends can write WAL and
     * the control file is still referring to a system not in DB_IN_PRODUCTION
     * state while looking at the on-disk control file.
     *
     * Also, we use info_lck to update SharedRecoveryState to ensure that
     * there are no race conditions concerning visibility of other recent
     * updates to shared memory.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    ControlFile->state = DB_IN_PRODUCTION;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    ControlFile->data_checksum_version = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
    XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_DONE;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    UpdateControlFile();
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    /*
     * Wake up the checkpointer process as there might be a request to disable
     * logical decoding by concurrent slot drop.
     */
    WakeupCheckpointer();
 
    /*
     * Wake up all waiters.  They need to report an error that recovery was
     * ended before reaching the target LSN.
     */
    WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_STANDBY_REPLAY, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
    WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_STANDBY_WRITE, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
    WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_STANDBY_FLUSH, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
 
    /*
     * Shutdown the recovery environment.  This must occur after
     * RecoverPreparedTransactions() (see notes in lock_twophase_recover())
     * and after switching SharedRecoveryState to RECOVERY_STATE_DONE so as
     * any session building a snapshot will not rely on KnownAssignedXids as
     * RecoveryInProgress() would return false at this stage.  This is
     * particularly critical for prepared 2PC transactions, that would still
     * need to be included in snapshots once recovery has ended.
     */
    if (standbyState != STANDBY_DISABLED)
        ShutdownRecoveryTransactionEnvironment();
 
    /*
     * If there were cascading standby servers connected to us, nudge any wal
     * sender processes to notice that we've been promoted.
     */
    WalSndWakeup(true, true);
 
    /*
     * If this was a promotion, request an (online) checkpoint now. This isn't
     * required for consistency, but the last restartpoint might be far back,
     * and in case of a crash, recovering from it might take a longer than is
     * appropriate now that we're not in standby mode anymore.
     */
    if (promoted)
        RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE);
}
 
/*
 * Callback from PerformWalRecovery(), called when we switch from crash
 * recovery to archive recovery mode.  Updates the control file accordingly.
 */
void
SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery(XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID replayTLI)
{
    /* initialize minRecoveryPoint to this record */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    ControlFile->state = DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY;
    if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
    {
        ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
        ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
    }
    /* update local copy */
    LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
    LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
 
    /*
     * The startup process can update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint from
     * this point.
     */
    updateMinRecoveryPoint = true;
 
    UpdateControlFile();
 
    /*
     * We update SharedRecoveryState while holding the lock on ControlFileLock
     * so both states are consistent in shared memory.
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
}
 
/*
 * Callback from PerformWalRecovery(), called when we reach the end of backup.
 * Updates the control file accordingly.
 */
void
ReachedEndOfBackup(XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID tli)
{
    /*
     * We have reached the end of base backup, as indicated by pg_control. The
     * data on disk is now consistent (unless minRecoveryPoint is further
     * ahead, which can happen if we crashed during previous recovery).  Reset
     * backupStartPoint and backupEndPoint, and update minRecoveryPoint to
     * make sure we don't allow starting up at an earlier point even if
     * recovery is stopped and restarted soon after this.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
    if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
    {
        ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
        ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = tli;
    }
 
    ControlFile->backupStartPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    ControlFile->backupEndPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    ControlFile->backupEndRequired = false;
    UpdateControlFile();
 
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
}
 
/*
 * Perform whatever XLOG actions are necessary at end of REDO.
 *
 * The goal here is to make sure that we'll be able to recover properly if
 * we crash again. If we choose to write a checkpoint, we'll write a shutdown
 * checkpoint rather than an on-line one. This is not particularly critical,
 * but since we may be assigning a new TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows
 * us to have the rule that TLI only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which
 * allows some extra error checking in xlog_redo.
 */
static bool
PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void)
{
    bool        promoted = false;
 
    /*
     * Perform a checkpoint to update all our recovery activity to disk.
     *
     * Note that we write a shutdown checkpoint rather than an on-line one.
     * This is not particularly critical, but since we may be assigning a new
     * TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows us to have the rule that TLI
     * only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which allows some extra error
     * checking in xlog_redo.
     *
     * In promotion, only create a lightweight end-of-recovery record instead
     * of a full checkpoint. A checkpoint is requested later, after we're
     * fully out of recovery mode and already accepting queries.
     */
    if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && IsUnderPostmaster &&
        PromoteIsTriggered())
    {
        promoted = true;
 
        /*
         * Insert a special WAL record to mark the end of recovery, since we
         * aren't doing a checkpoint. That means that the checkpointer process
         * may likely be in the middle of a time-smoothed restartpoint and
         * could continue to be for minutes after this.  That sounds strange,
         * but the effect is roughly the same and it would be stranger to try
         * to come out of the restartpoint and then checkpoint. We request a
         * checkpoint later anyway, just for safety.
         */
        CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord();
    }
    else
    {
        RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY |
                          CHECKPOINT_FAST |
                          CHECKPOINT_WAIT);
    }
 
    return promoted;
}
 
/*
 * Is the system still in recovery?
 *
 * Unlike testing InRecovery, this works in any process that's connected to
 * shared memory.
 */
bool
RecoveryInProgress(void)
{
    /*
     * We check shared state each time only until we leave recovery mode. We
     * can't re-enter recovery, so there's no need to keep checking after the
     * shared variable has once been seen false.
     */
    if (!LocalRecoveryInProgress)
        return false;
    else
    {
        /*
         * use volatile pointer to make sure we make a fresh read of the
         * shared variable.
         */
        volatile XLogCtlData *xlogctl = XLogCtl;
 
        LocalRecoveryInProgress = (xlogctl->SharedRecoveryState != RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
 
        /*
         * Note: We don't need a memory barrier when we're still in recovery.
         * We might exit recovery immediately after return, so the caller
         * can't rely on 'true' meaning that we're still in recovery anyway.
         */
 
        return LocalRecoveryInProgress;
    }
}
 
/*
 * Returns current recovery state from shared memory.
 *
 * This returned state is kept consistent with the contents of the control
 * file.  See details about the possible values of RecoveryState in xlog.h.
 */
RecoveryState
GetRecoveryState(void)
{
    RecoveryState retval;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    retval = XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return retval;
}
 
/*
 * Is this process allowed to insert new WAL records?
 *
 * Ordinarily this is essentially equivalent to !RecoveryInProgress().
 * But we also have provisions for forcing the result "true" or "false"
 * within specific processes regardless of the global state.
 */
bool
XLogInsertAllowed(void)
{
    /*
     * If value is "unconditionally true" or "unconditionally false", just
     * return it.  This provides the normal fast path once recovery is known
     * done.
     */
    if (LocalXLogInsertAllowed >= 0)
        return (bool) LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
 
    /*
     * Else, must check to see if we're still in recovery.
     */
    if (RecoveryInProgress())
        return false;
 
    /*
     * On exit from recovery, reset to "unconditionally true", since there is
     * no need to keep checking.
     */
    LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 1;
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Make XLogInsertAllowed() return true in the current process only.
 *
 * Note: it is allowed to switch LocalXLogInsertAllowed back to -1 later,
 * and even call LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed() again after that.
 *
 * Returns the previous value of LocalXLogInsertAllowed.
 */
static int
LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void)
{
    int         oldXLogAllowed = LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
 
    LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 1;
 
    return oldXLogAllowed;
}
 
/*
 * Return the current Redo pointer from shared memory.
 *
 * As a side-effect, the local RedoRecPtr copy is updated.
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetRedoRecPtr(void)
{
    XLogRecPtr  ptr;
 
    /*
     * The possibly not up-to-date copy in XLogCtl is enough. Even if we
     * grabbed a WAL insertion lock to read the authoritative value in
     * Insert->RedoRecPtr, someone might update it just after we've released
     * the lock.
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    ptr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    if (RedoRecPtr < ptr)
        RedoRecPtr = ptr;
 
    return RedoRecPtr;
}
 
/*
 * Return information needed to decide whether a modified block needs a
 * full-page image to be included in the WAL record.
 *
 * The returned values are cached copies from backend-private memory, and
 * possibly out-of-date or, indeed, uninitialized, in which case they will
 * be InvalidXLogRecPtr and false, respectively.  XLogInsertRecord will
 * re-check them against up-to-date values, while holding the WAL insert lock.
 */
void
GetFullPageWriteInfo(XLogRecPtr *RedoRecPtr_p, bool *doPageWrites_p)
{
    *RedoRecPtr_p = RedoRecPtr;
    *doPageWrites_p = doPageWrites;
}
 
/*
 * GetInsertRecPtr -- Returns the current insert position.
 *
 * NOTE: The value *actually* returned is the position of the last full
 * xlog page. It lags behind the real insert position by at most 1 page.
 * For that, we don't need to scan through WAL insertion locks, and an
 * approximation is enough for the current usage of this function.
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetInsertRecPtr(void)
{
    XLogRecPtr  recptr;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    recptr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return recptr;
}
 
/*
 * GetFlushRecPtr -- Returns the current flush position, ie, the last WAL
 * position known to be fsync'd to disk. This should only be used on a
 * system that is known not to be in recovery.
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetFlushRecPtr(TimeLineID *insertTLI)
{
    Assert(XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState == RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
 
    RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
 
    /*
     * If we're writing and flushing WAL, the time line can't be changing, so
     * no lock is required.
     */
    if (insertTLI)
        *insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
 
    return LogwrtResult.Flush;
}
 
/*
 * GetWALInsertionTimeLine -- Returns the current timeline of a system that
 * is not in recovery.
 */
TimeLineID
GetWALInsertionTimeLine(void)
{
    Assert(XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState == RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
 
    /* Since the value can't be changing, no lock is required. */
    return XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
}
 
/*
 * GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet -- If the system is not in recovery, returns
 * the WAL insertion timeline; else, returns 0. Wherever possible, use
 * GetWALInsertionTimeLine() instead, since it's cheaper. Note that this
 * function decides recovery has ended as soon as the insert TLI is set, which
 * happens before we set XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState to RECOVERY_STATE_DONE.
 */
TimeLineID
GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet(void)
{
    TimeLineID  insertTLI;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    return insertTLI;
}
 
/*
 * GetLastImportantRecPtr -- Returns the LSN of the last important record
 * inserted. All records not explicitly marked as unimportant are considered
 * important.
 *
 * The LSN is determined by computing the maximum of
 * WALInsertLocks[i].lastImportantAt.
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetLastImportantRecPtr(void)
{
    XLogRecPtr  res = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    int         i;
 
    for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  last_important;
 
        /*
         * Need to take a lock to prevent torn reads of the LSN, which are
         * possible on some of the supported platforms. WAL insert locks only
         * support exclusive mode, so we have to use that.
         */
        LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        last_important = WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt;
        LWLockRelease(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock);
 
        if (res < last_important)
            res = last_important;
    }
 
    return res;
}
 
/*
 * Get the time and LSN of the last xlog segment switch
 */
pg_time_t
GetLastSegSwitchData(XLogRecPtr *lastSwitchLSN)
{
    pg_time_t   result;
 
    /* Need WALWriteLock, but shared lock is sufficient */
    LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_SHARED);
    result = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime;
    *lastSwitchLSN = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN;
    LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
 
    return result;
}
 
/*
 * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend shutdown
 */
void
ShutdownXLOG(int code, Datum arg)
{
    /*
     * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
     * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
     */
    Assert(AuxProcessResourceOwner != NULL);
    Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
           CurrentResourceOwner == AuxProcessResourceOwner);
    CurrentResourceOwner = AuxProcessResourceOwner;
 
    /* Don't be chatty in standalone mode */
    ereport(IsPostmasterEnvironment ? LOG : NOTICE,
            (errmsg("shutting down")));
 
    /*
     * Signal walsenders to move to stopping state.
     */
    WalSndInitStopping();
 
    /*
     * Wait for WAL senders to be in stopping state.  This prevents commands
     * from writing new WAL.
     */
    WalSndWaitStopping();
 
    if (RecoveryInProgress())
        CreateRestartPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
    else
    {
        /*
         * If archiving is enabled, rotate the last XLOG file so that all the
         * remaining records are archived (postmaster wakes up the archiver
         * process one more time at the end of shutdown). The checkpoint
         * record will go to the next XLOG file and won't be archived (yet).
         */
        if (XLogArchivingActive())
            RequestXLogSwitch(false);
 
        CreateCheckPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
    }
}
 
/*
 * Format checkpoint request flags as a space-separated string for
 * log messages.
 */
static const char *
CheckpointFlagsString(int flags)
{
    static char buf[128];
 
    snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) ? " fast" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "",
             (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED) ? " flush-unlogged" : "");
 
    return buf;
}
 
/*
 * Log start of a checkpoint.
 */
static void
LogCheckpointStart(int flags, bool restartpoint)
{
    if (restartpoint)
        ereport(LOG,
        /* translator: the placeholder shows checkpoint options */
                (errmsg("restartpoint starting:%s",
                        CheckpointFlagsString(flags))));
    else
        ereport(LOG,
        /* translator: the placeholder shows checkpoint options */
                (errmsg("checkpoint starting:%s",
                        CheckpointFlagsString(flags))));
}
 
/*
 * Log end of a checkpoint.
 */
static void
LogCheckpointEnd(bool restartpoint, int flags)
{
    long        write_msecs,
                sync_msecs,
                total_msecs,
                longest_msecs,
                average_msecs;
    uint64      average_sync_time;
 
    CheckpointStats.ckpt_end_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
 
    write_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_write_t,
                                                  CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t);
 
    sync_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t,
                                                 CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_end_t);
 
    /* Accumulate checkpoint timing summary data, in milliseconds. */
    PendingCheckpointerStats.write_time += write_msecs;
    PendingCheckpointerStats.sync_time += sync_msecs;
 
    /*
     * All of the published timing statistics are accounted for.  Only
     * continue if a log message is to be written.
     */
    if (!log_checkpoints)
        return;
 
    total_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t,
                                                  CheckpointStats.ckpt_end_t);
 
    /*
     * Timing values returned from CheckpointStats are in microseconds.
     * Convert to milliseconds for consistent printing.
     */
    longest_msecs = (long) ((CheckpointStats.ckpt_longest_sync + 999) / 1000);
 
    average_sync_time = 0;
    if (CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels > 0)
        average_sync_time = CheckpointStats.ckpt_agg_sync_time /
            CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels;
    average_msecs = (long) ((average_sync_time + 999) / 1000);
 
    /*
     * ControlFileLock is not required to see ControlFile->checkPoint and
     * ->checkPointCopy here as we are the only updator of those variables at
     * this moment.
     */
    if (restartpoint)
        ereport(LOG,
                (errmsg("restartpoint complete:%s: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%), "
                        "wrote %d SLRU buffers; %d WAL file(s) added, "
                        "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, "
                        "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, "
                        "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, "
                        "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X",
                        CheckpointFlagsString(flags),
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
                        (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_slru_written,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled,
                        write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
                        sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
                        total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels,
                        longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
                        average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
                        (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
                        (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
                        LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
                        LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo))));
    else
        ereport(LOG,
                (errmsg("checkpoint complete:%s: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%), "
                        "wrote %d SLRU buffers; %d WAL file(s) added, "
                        "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, "
                        "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, "
                        "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, "
                        "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X",
                        CheckpointFlagsString(flags),
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
                        (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_slru_written,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled,
                        write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
                        sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
                        total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
                        CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels,
                        longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
                        average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
                        (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
                        (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
                        LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
                        LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo))));
}
 
/*
 * Update the estimate of distance between checkpoints.
 *
 * The estimate is used to calculate the number of WAL segments to keep
 * preallocated, see XLOGfileslop().
 */
static void
UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(uint64 nbytes)
{
    /*
     * To estimate the number of segments consumed between checkpoints, keep a
     * moving average of the amount of WAL generated in previous checkpoint
     * cycles. However, if the load is bursty, with quiet periods and busy
     * periods, we want to cater for the peak load. So instead of a plain
     * moving average, let the average decline slowly if the previous cycle
     * used less WAL than estimated, but bump it up immediately if it used
     * more.
     *
     * When checkpoints are triggered by max_wal_size, this should converge to
     * CheckpointSegments * wal_segment_size,
     *
     * Note: This doesn't pay any attention to what caused the checkpoint.
     * Checkpoints triggered manually with CHECKPOINT command, or by e.g.
     * starting a base backup, are counted the same as those created
     * automatically. The slow-decline will largely mask them out, if they are
     * not frequent. If they are frequent, it seems reasonable to count them
     * in as any others; if you issue a manual checkpoint every 5 minutes and
     * never let a timed checkpoint happen, it makes sense to base the
     * preallocation on that 5 minute interval rather than whatever
     * checkpoint_timeout is set to.
     */
    PrevCheckPointDistance = nbytes;
    if (CheckPointDistanceEstimate < nbytes)
        CheckPointDistanceEstimate = nbytes;
    else
        CheckPointDistanceEstimate =
            (0.90 * CheckPointDistanceEstimate + 0.10 * (double) nbytes);
}
 
/*
 * Update the ps display for a process running a checkpoint.  Note that
 * this routine should not do any allocations so as it can be called
 * from a critical section.
 */
static void
update_checkpoint_display(int flags, bool restartpoint, bool reset)
{
    /*
     * The status is reported only for end-of-recovery and shutdown
     * checkpoints or shutdown restartpoints.  Updating the ps display is
     * useful in those situations as it may not be possible to rely on
     * pg_stat_activity to see the status of the checkpointer or the startup
     * process.
     */
    if ((flags & (CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY | CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)) == 0)
        return;
 
    if (reset)
        set_ps_display("");
    else
    {
        char        activitymsg[128];
 
        snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "performing %s%s%s",
                 (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? "end-of-recovery " : "",
                 (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? "shutdown " : "",
                 restartpoint ? "restartpoint" : "checkpoint");
        set_ps_display(activitymsg);
    }
}
 
 
/*
 * Perform a checkpoint --- either during shutdown, or on-the-fly
 *
 * flags is a bitwise OR of the following:
 *  CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN: checkpoint is for database shutdown.
 *  CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY: checkpoint is for end of WAL recovery.
 *  CHECKPOINT_FAST: finish the checkpoint ASAP, ignoring
 *      checkpoint_completion_target parameter.
 *  CHECKPOINT_FORCE: force a checkpoint even if no XLOG activity has occurred
 *      since the last one (implied by CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN or
 *      CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY).
 *  CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED: also flush buffers of unlogged tables.
 *
 * Note: flags contains other bits, of interest here only for logging purposes.
 * In particular note that this routine is synchronous and does not pay
 * attention to CHECKPOINT_WAIT.
 *
 * If !shutdown then we are writing an online checkpoint. An XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
 * record is inserted into WAL at the logical location of the checkpoint, before
 * flushing anything to disk, and when the checkpoint is eventually completed,
 * and it is from this point that WAL replay will begin in the case of a recovery
 * from this checkpoint. Once everything is written to disk, an
 * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE record is written to complete the checkpoint, and
 * points back to the earlier XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO record. This mechanism allows
 * other write-ahead log records to be written while the checkpoint is in
 * progress, but we must be very careful about order of operations. This function
 * may take many minutes to execute on a busy system.
 *
 * On the other hand, when shutdown is true, concurrent insertion into the
 * write-ahead log is impossible, so there is no need for two separate records.
 * In this case, we only insert an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record, and it's
 * both the record marking the completion of the checkpoint and the location
 * from which WAL replay would begin if needed.
 *
 * Returns true if a new checkpoint was performed, or false if it was skipped
 * because the system was idle.
 */
bool
CreateCheckPoint(int flags)
{
    bool        shutdown;
    CheckPoint  checkPoint;
    XLogRecPtr  recptr;
    XLogSegNo   _logSegNo;
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    uint32      freespace;
    XLogRecPtr  PriorRedoPtr;
    XLogRecPtr  last_important_lsn;
    VirtualTransactionId *vxids;
    int         nvxids;
    int         oldXLogAllowed = 0;
 
    /*
     * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is really a shutdown checkpoint, just
     * issued at a different time.
     */
    if (flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY))
        shutdown = true;
    else
        shutdown = false;
 
    /* sanity check */
    if (RecoveryInProgress() && (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) == 0)
        elog(ERROR, "can't create a checkpoint during recovery");
 
    /*
     * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
     *
     * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
     * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
     * log_checkpoints is currently off.
     */
    MemSet(&CheckpointStats, 0, sizeof(CheckpointStats));
    CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
 
    /*
     * Let smgr prepare for checkpoint; this has to happen outside the
     * critical section and before we determine the REDO pointer.  Note that
     * smgr must not do anything that'd have to be undone if we decide no
     * checkpoint is needed.
     */
    SyncPreCheckpoint();
 
    /* Run these points outside the critical section. */
    INJECTION_POINT("create-checkpoint-initial", NULL);
    INJECTION_POINT_LOAD("create-checkpoint-run");
 
    /*
     * Use a critical section to force system panic if we have trouble.
     */
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    if (shutdown)
    {
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNING;
        UpdateControlFile();
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
    }
 
    /* Begin filling in the checkpoint WAL record */
    MemSet(&checkPoint, 0, sizeof(checkPoint));
    checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
 
    /*
     * For Hot Standby, derive the oldestActiveXid before we fix the redo
     * pointer. This allows us to begin accumulating changes to assemble our
     * starting snapshot of locks and transactions.
     */
    if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
        checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = GetOldestActiveTransactionId(false, true);
    else
        checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = InvalidTransactionId;
 
    /*
     * Get location of last important record before acquiring insert locks (as
     * GetLastImportantRecPtr() also locks WAL locks).
     */
    last_important_lsn = GetLastImportantRecPtr();
 
    /*
     * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and if there has been no
     * WAL activity requiring a checkpoint, skip it.  The idea here is to
     * avoid inserting duplicate checkpoints when the system is idle.
     */
    if ((flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY |
                  CHECKPOINT_FORCE)) == 0)
    {
        if (last_important_lsn == ControlFile->checkPoint)
        {
            END_CRIT_SECTION();
            ereport(DEBUG1,
                    (errmsg_internal("checkpoint skipped because system is idle")));
            return false;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is created before anyone is allowed to
     * write WAL. To allow us to write the checkpoint record, temporarily
     * enable XLogInsertAllowed.
     */
    if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
        oldXLogAllowed = LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
 
    checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
    if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
        checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID;
    else
        checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
 
    /*
     * We must block concurrent insertions while examining insert state.
     */
    WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
 
    checkPoint.fullPageWrites = Insert->fullPageWrites;
    checkPoint.wal_level = wal_level;
 
    /*
     * Get the current data_checksum_version value from xlogctl, valid at the
     * time of the checkpoint.
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    checkPoint.dataChecksumState = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    if (shutdown)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  curInsert = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(Insert->CurrBytePos);
 
        /*
         * Compute new REDO record ptr = location of next XLOG record.
         *
         * Since this is a shutdown checkpoint, there can't be any concurrent
         * WAL insertion.
         */
        freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(curInsert);
        if (freespace == 0)
        {
            if (XLogSegmentOffset(curInsert, wal_segment_size) == 0)
                curInsert += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
            else
                curInsert += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
        }
        checkPoint.redo = curInsert;
 
        /*
         * Here we update the shared RedoRecPtr for future XLogInsert calls;
         * this must be done while holding all the insertion locks.
         *
         * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be
         * left pointing past where it really needs to point.  This is okay;
         * the only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
         * that it didn't really need to.  We can't postpone advancing
         * RedoRecPtr because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping
         * buffers must assume that their buffer changes are not included in
         * the checkpoint.
         */
        RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
    }
 
    /*
     * Now we can release the WAL insertion locks, allowing other xacts to
     * proceed while we are flushing disk buffers.
     */
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    /*
     * If this is an online checkpoint, we have not yet determined the redo
     * point. We do so now by inserting the special XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
     * record; the LSN at which it starts becomes the new redo pointer. We
     * don't do this for a shutdown checkpoint, because in that case no WAL
     * can be written between the redo point and the insertion of the
     * checkpoint record itself, so the checkpoint record itself serves to
     * mark the redo point.
     */
    if (!shutdown)
    {
        xl_checkpoint_redo redo_rec;
 
        WALInsertLockAcquire();
        redo_rec.wal_level = wal_level;
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        redo_rec.data_checksum_version = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        WALInsertLockRelease();
 
        /* Include WAL level in record for WAL summarizer's benefit. */
        XLogBeginInsert();
        XLogRegisterData(&redo_rec, sizeof(xl_checkpoint_redo));
        (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO);
 
        /*
         * XLogInsertRecord will have updated XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr in
         * shared memory and RedoRecPtr in backend-local memory, but we need
         * to copy that into the record that will be inserted when the
         * checkpoint is complete.
         */
        checkPoint.redo = RedoRecPtr;
    }
 
    /* Update the info_lck-protected copy of RedoRecPtr as well */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * If enabled, log checkpoint start.  We postpone this until now so as not
     * to log anything if we decided to skip the checkpoint.
     */
    if (log_checkpoints)
        LogCheckpointStart(flags, false);
 
    INJECTION_POINT_CACHED("create-checkpoint-run", NULL);
 
    /* Update the process title */
    update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, false);
 
    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
 
    /*
     * Get the other info we need for the checkpoint record.
     *
     * We don't need to save oldestClogXid in the checkpoint, it only matters
     * for the short period in which clog is being truncated, and if we crash
     * during that we'll redo the clog truncation and fix up oldestClogXid
     * there.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
    checkPoint.nextXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
    checkPoint.oldestXid = TransamVariables->oldestXid;
    checkPoint.oldestXidDB = TransamVariables->oldestXidDB;
    LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
 
    LWLockAcquire(CommitTsLock, LW_SHARED);
    checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid = TransamVariables->oldestCommitTsXid;
    checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid = TransamVariables->newestCommitTsXid;
    LWLockRelease(CommitTsLock);
 
    LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
    checkPoint.nextOid = TransamVariables->nextOid;
    if (!shutdown)
        checkPoint.nextOid += TransamVariables->oidCount;
    LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
 
    checkPoint.logicalDecodingEnabled = IsLogicalDecodingEnabled();
 
    MultiXactGetCheckptMulti(shutdown,
                             &checkPoint.nextMulti,
                             &checkPoint.nextMultiOffset,
                             &checkPoint.oldestMulti,
                             &checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
 
    /*
     * Having constructed the checkpoint record, ensure all shmem disk buffers
     * and commit-log buffers are flushed to disk.
     *
     * This I/O could fail for various reasons.  If so, we will fail to
     * complete the checkpoint, but there is no reason to force a system
     * panic. Accordingly, exit critical section while doing it.
     */
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /*
     * In some cases there are groups of actions that must all occur on one
     * side or the other of a checkpoint record. Before flushing the
     * checkpoint record we must explicitly wait for any backend currently
     * performing those groups of actions.
     *
     * One example is end of transaction, so we must wait for any transactions
     * that are currently in commit critical sections.  If an xact inserted
     * its commit record into XLOG just before the REDO point, then a crash
     * restart from the REDO point would not replay that record, which means
     * that our flushing had better include the xact's update of pg_xact.  So
     * we wait till he's out of his commit critical section before proceeding.
     * See notes in RecordTransactionCommit().
     *
     * Because we've already released the insertion locks, this test is a bit
     * fuzzy: it is possible that we will wait for xacts we didn't really need
     * to wait for.  But the delay should be short and it seems better to make
     * checkpoint take a bit longer than to hold off insertions longer than
     * necessary. (In fact, the whole reason we have this issue is that xact.c
     * does commit record XLOG insertion and clog update as two separate steps
     * protected by different locks, but again that seems best on grounds of
     * minimizing lock contention.)
     *
     * A transaction that has not yet set delayChkptFlags when we look cannot
     * be at risk, since it has not inserted its commit record yet; and one
     * that's already cleared it is not at risk either, since it's done fixing
     * clog and we will correctly flush the update below.  So we cannot miss
     * any xacts we need to wait for.
     */
    vxids = GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(&nvxids, DELAY_CHKPT_START);
    if (nvxids > 0)
    {
        do
        {
            /*
             * Keep absorbing fsync requests while we wait. There could even
             * be a deadlock if we don't, if the process that prevents the
             * checkpoint is trying to add a request to the queue.
             */
            AbsorbSyncRequests();
 
            pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_START);
            pg_usleep(10000L);  /* wait for 10 msec */
            pgstat_report_wait_end();
        } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
                                              DELAY_CHKPT_START));
    }
    pfree(vxids);
 
    CheckPointGuts(checkPoint.redo, flags);
 
    vxids = GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(&nvxids, DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE);
    if (nvxids > 0)
    {
        do
        {
            AbsorbSyncRequests();
 
            pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_COMPLETE);
            pg_usleep(10000L);  /* wait for 10 msec */
            pgstat_report_wait_end();
        } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
                                              DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE));
    }
    pfree(vxids);
 
    /*
     * Take a snapshot of running transactions and write this to WAL. This
     * allows us to reconstruct the state of running transactions during
     * archive recovery, if required. Skip, if this info disabled.
     *
     * If we are shutting down, or Startup process is completing crash
     * recovery we don't need to write running xact data.
     */
    if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
        LogStandbySnapshot(InvalidOid);
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /*
     * Now insert the checkpoint record into XLOG.
     */
    XLogBeginInsert();
    XLogRegisterData(&checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
    recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID,
                        shutdown ? XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN :
                        XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE);
 
    XLogFlush(recptr);
 
    /*
     * We mustn't write any new WAL after a shutdown checkpoint, or it will be
     * overwritten at next startup.  No-one should even try, this just allows
     * sanity-checking.  In the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, we want
     * to just temporarily disable writing until the system has exited
     * recovery.
     */
    if (shutdown)
    {
        if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
            LocalXLogInsertAllowed = oldXLogAllowed;
        else
            LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 0; /* never again write WAL */
    }
 
    /*
     * We now have ProcLastRecPtr = start of actual checkpoint record, recptr
     * = end of actual checkpoint record.
     */
    if (shutdown && checkPoint.redo != ProcLastRecPtr)
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errmsg("concurrent write-ahead log activity while database system is shutting down")));
 
    /*
     * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
     * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
     */
    PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
 
    /*
     * Update the control file.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    if (shutdown)
        ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
    ControlFile->checkPoint = ProcLastRecPtr;
    ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
    /* crash recovery should always recover to the end of WAL */
    ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
    ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
 
    /*
     * Persist unloggedLSN value. It's reset on crash recovery, so this goes
     * unused on non-shutdown checkpoints, but seems useful to store it always
     * for debugging purposes.
     */
    ControlFile->unloggedLSN = pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN);
 
    UpdateControlFile();
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    /*
     * We are now done with critical updates; no need for system panic if we
     * have trouble while fooling with old log segments.
     */
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /*
     * WAL summaries end when the next XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO or
     * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record is reached. This is the first point
     * where (a) we're not inside of a critical section and (b) we can be
     * certain that the relevant record has been flushed to disk, which must
     * happen before it can be summarized.
     *
     * If this is a shutdown checkpoint, then this happens reasonably
     * promptly: we've only just inserted and flushed the
     * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record. If this is not a shutdown checkpoint,
     * then this might not be very prompt at all: the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
     * record was written before we began flushing data to disk, and that
     * could be many minutes ago at this point. However, we don't XLogFlush()
     * after inserting that record, so we're not guaranteed that it's on disk
     * until after the above call that flushes the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE
     * record.
     */
    WakeupWalSummarizer();
 
    /*
     * Let smgr do post-checkpoint cleanup (eg, deleting old files).
     */
    SyncPostCheckpoint();
 
    /*
     * Update the average distance between checkpoints if the prior checkpoint
     * exists.
     */
    if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(PriorRedoPtr))
        UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr);
 
    INJECTION_POINT("checkpoint-before-old-wal-removal", NULL);
 
    /*
     * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last checkpoint to
     * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
     */
    XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
    if (InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED | RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT,
                                           _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
                                           InvalidTransactionId))
    {
        /*
         * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
         * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
         */
        XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
    }
    _logSegNo--;
    RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, recptr,
                       checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
 
    /*
     * Make more log segments if needed.  (Do this after recycling old log
     * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
     */
    if (!shutdown)
        PreallocXlogFiles(recptr, checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
 
    /*
     * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible.  We can throw away all data before
     * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction.  No future transaction will
     * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
     * in subtrans.c).  During recovery, though, we mustn't do this because
     * StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
     */
    if (!RecoveryInProgress())
        TruncateSUBTRANS(GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning());
 
    /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
    LogCheckpointEnd(false, flags);
 
    /* Reset the process title */
    update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, true);
 
    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_DONE(CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
                                     NBuffers,
                                     CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
                                     CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
                                     CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled);
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Mark the end of recovery in WAL though without running a full checkpoint.
 * We can expect that a restartpoint is likely to be in progress as we
 * do this, though we are unwilling to wait for it to complete.
 *
 * CreateRestartPoint() allows for the case where recovery may end before
 * the restartpoint completes so there is no concern of concurrent behaviour.
 */
static void
CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void)
{
    xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
    XLogRecPtr  recptr;
 
    /* sanity check */
    if (!RecoveryInProgress())
        elog(ERROR, "can only be used to end recovery");
 
    xlrec.end_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
 
    WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
    xlrec.ThisTimeLineID = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
    xlrec.PrevTimeLineID = XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID;
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    XLogBeginInsert();
    XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
    recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY);
 
    XLogFlush(recptr);
 
    /*
     * Update the control file so that crash recovery can follow the timeline
     * changes to this point.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = recptr;
    ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = xlrec.ThisTimeLineID;
 
    /* start with the latest checksum version (as of the end of recovery) */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    ControlFile->data_checksum_version = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    UpdateControlFile();
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
}
 
/*
 * Write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message.
 *
 * When on WAL replay we expect a continuation record at the start of a page
 * that is not there, recovery ends and WAL writing resumes at that point.
 * But it's wrong to resume writing new WAL back at the start of the record
 * that was broken, because downstream consumers of that WAL (physical
 * replicas) are not prepared to "rewind".  So the first action after
 * finishing replay of all valid WAL must be to write a record of this type
 * at the point where the contrecord was missing; to support xlogreader
 * detecting the special case, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD is also added
 * to the page header where the record occurs.  xlogreader has an ad-hoc
 * mechanism to report metadata about the broken record, which is what we
 * use here.
 *
 * At replay time, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD instructs xlogreader to
 * skip the record it was reading, and pass back the LSN of the skipped
 * record, so that its caller can verify (on "replay" of that record) that the
 * XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD matches what was effectively overwritten.
 *
 * 'aborted_lsn' is the beginning position of the record that was incomplete.
 * It is included in the WAL record.  'pagePtr' and 'newTLI' point to the
 * beginning of the XLOG page where the record is to be inserted.  They must
 * match the current WAL insert position, they're passed here just so that we
 * can verify that.
 */
static XLogRecPtr
CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr,
                                TimeLineID newTLI)
{
    xl_overwrite_contrecord xlrec;
    XLogRecPtr  recptr;
    XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
    XLogRecPtr  startPos;
 
    /* sanity checks */
    if (!RecoveryInProgress())
        elog(ERROR, "can only be used at end of recovery");
    if (pagePtr % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
        elog(ERROR, "invalid position for missing continuation record %X/%08X",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pagePtr));
 
    /* The current WAL insert position should be right after the page header */
    startPos = pagePtr;
    if (XLogSegmentOffset(startPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
        startPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
    else
        startPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
    recptr = GetXLogInsertRecPtr();
    if (recptr != startPos)
        elog(ERROR, "invalid WAL insert position %X/%08X for OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr));
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /*
     * Initialize the XLOG page header (by GetXLogBuffer), and set the
     * XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD flag.
     *
     * No other backend is allowed to write WAL yet, so acquiring the WAL
     * insertion lock is just pro forma.
     */
    WALInsertLockAcquire();
    pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) GetXLogBuffer(pagePtr, newTLI);
    pagehdr->xlp_info |= XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD;
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    /*
     * Insert the XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD record as the first record on the
     * page.  We know it becomes the first record, because no other backend is
     * allowed to write WAL yet.
     */
    XLogBeginInsert();
    xlrec.overwritten_lsn = aborted_lsn;
    xlrec.overwrite_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_overwrite_contrecord));
    recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD);
 
    /* check that the record was inserted to the right place */
    if (ProcLastRecPtr != startPos)
        elog(ERROR, "OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD was inserted to unexpected position %X/%08X",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ProcLastRecPtr));
 
    XLogFlush(recptr);
 
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    return recptr;
}
 
/*
 * Flush all data in shared memory to disk, and fsync
 *
 * This is the common code shared between regular checkpoints and
 * recovery restartpoints.
 */
static void
CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags)
{
    CheckPointRelationMap();
    CheckPointReplicationSlots(flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN);
    CheckPointSnapBuild();
    CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap();
    CheckPointReplicationOrigin();
 
    /* Write out all dirty data in SLRUs and the main buffer pool */
    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
    CheckpointStats.ckpt_write_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    CheckPointCLOG();
    CheckPointCommitTs();
    CheckPointSUBTRANS();
    CheckPointMultiXact();
    CheckPointPredicate();
    CheckPointBuffers(flags);
 
    /* Perform all queued up fsyncs */
    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_SYNC_START();
    CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    ProcessSyncRequests();
    CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_end_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_DONE();
 
    /* We deliberately delay 2PC checkpointing as long as possible */
    CheckPointTwoPhase(checkPointRedo);
}
 
/*
 * Save a checkpoint for recovery restart if appropriate
 *
 * This function is called each time a checkpoint record is read from XLOG.
 * It must determine whether the checkpoint represents a safe restartpoint or
 * not.  If so, the checkpoint record is stashed in shared memory so that
 * CreateRestartPoint can consult it.  (Note that the latter function is
 * executed by the checkpointer, while this one will be executed by the
 * startup process.)
 */
static void
RecoveryRestartPoint(const CheckPoint *checkPoint, XLogReaderState *record)
{
    /*
     * Also refrain from creating a restartpoint if we have seen any
     * references to non-existent pages. Restarting recovery from the
     * restartpoint would not see the references, so we would lose the
     * cross-check that the pages belonged to a relation that was dropped
     * later.
     */
    if (XLogHaveInvalidPages())
    {
        elog(DEBUG2,
             "could not record restart point at %X/%08X because there are unresolved references to invalid pages",
             LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint->redo));
        return;
    }
 
    /*
     * Copy the checkpoint record to shared memory, so that checkpointer can
     * work out the next time it wants to perform a restartpoint.
     */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr = record->ReadRecPtr;
    XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr = record->EndRecPtr;
    XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint = *checkPoint;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
}
 
/*
 * Establish a restartpoint if possible.
 *
 * This is similar to CreateCheckPoint, but is used during WAL recovery
 * to establish a point from which recovery can roll forward without
 * replaying the entire recovery log.
 *
 * Returns true if a new restartpoint was established. We can only establish
 * a restartpoint if we have replayed a safe checkpoint record since last
 * restartpoint.
 */
bool
CreateRestartPoint(int flags)
{
    XLogRecPtr  lastCheckPointRecPtr;
    XLogRecPtr  lastCheckPointEndPtr;
    CheckPoint  lastCheckPoint;
    XLogRecPtr  PriorRedoPtr;
    XLogRecPtr  receivePtr;
    XLogRecPtr  replayPtr;
    TimeLineID  replayTLI;
    XLogRecPtr  endptr;
    XLogSegNo   _logSegNo;
    TimestampTz xtime;
 
    /* Concurrent checkpoint/restartpoint cannot happen */
    Assert(!IsUnderPostmaster || MyBackendType == B_CHECKPOINTER);
 
    /* Get a local copy of the last safe checkpoint record. */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    lastCheckPointRecPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr;
    lastCheckPointEndPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr;
    lastCheckPoint = XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * Check that we're still in recovery mode. It's ok if we exit recovery
     * mode after this check, the restart point is valid anyway.
     */
    if (!RecoveryInProgress())
    {
        ereport(DEBUG2,
                (errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, recovery has already ended")));
        return false;
    }
 
    /*
     * If the last checkpoint record we've replayed is already our last
     * restartpoint, we can't perform a new restart point. We still update
     * minRecoveryPoint in that case, so that if this is a shutdown restart
     * point, we won't start up earlier than before. That's not strictly
     * necessary, but when hot standby is enabled, it would be rather weird if
     * the database opened up for read-only connections at a point-in-time
     * before the last shutdown. Such time travel is still possible in case of
     * immediate shutdown, though.
     *
     * We don't explicitly advance minRecoveryPoint when we do create a
     * restartpoint. It's assumed that flushing the buffers will do that as a
     * side-effect.
     */
    if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(lastCheckPointRecPtr) ||
        lastCheckPoint.redo <= ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo)
    {
        ereport(DEBUG2,
                errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, already performed at %X/%08X",
                                LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)));
 
        UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true);
        if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
        {
            LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
            ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY;
            UpdateControlFile();
            LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
        }
        return false;
    }
 
    /*
     * Update the shared RedoRecPtr so that the startup process can calculate
     * the number of segments replayed since last restartpoint, and request a
     * restartpoint if it exceeds CheckPointSegments.
     *
     * Like in CreateCheckPoint(), hold off insertions to update it, although
     * during recovery this is just pro forma, because no WAL insertions are
     * happening.
     */
    WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
    RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    /* Also update the info_lck-protected copy */
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
    /*
     * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
     *
     * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
     * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
     * log_checkpoints is currently off.
     */
    MemSet(&CheckpointStats, 0, sizeof(CheckpointStats));
    CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
 
    if (log_checkpoints)
        LogCheckpointStart(flags, true);
 
    /* Update the process title */
    update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, false);
 
    CheckPointGuts(lastCheckPoint.redo, flags);
 
    /*
     * This location needs to be after CheckPointGuts() to ensure that some
     * work has already happened during this checkpoint.
     */
    INJECTION_POINT("create-restart-point", NULL);
 
    /*
     * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
     * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
     */
    PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
 
    /*
     * Update pg_control, using current time.  Check that it still shows an
     * older checkpoint, else do nothing; this is a quick hack to make sure
     * nothing really bad happens if somehow we get here after the
     * end-of-recovery checkpoint.
     */
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    if (ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo < lastCheckPoint.redo)
    {
        /*
         * Update the checkpoint information.  We do this even if the cluster
         * does not show DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY to match with the set of WAL
         * segments recycled below.
         */
        ControlFile->checkPoint = lastCheckPointRecPtr;
        ControlFile->checkPointCopy = lastCheckPoint;
 
        /*
         * Ensure minRecoveryPoint is past the checkpoint record and update it
         * if the control file still shows DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY.  Normally,
         * this will have happened already while writing out dirty buffers,
         * but not necessarily - e.g. because no buffers were dirtied.  We do
         * this because a backup performed in recovery uses minRecoveryPoint
         * to determine which WAL files must be included in the backup, and
         * the file (or files) containing the checkpoint record must be
         * included, at a minimum.  Note that for an ordinary restart of
         * recovery there's no value in having the minimum recovery point any
         * earlier than this anyway, because redo will begin just after the
         * checkpoint record.
         */
        if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY)
        {
            if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < lastCheckPointEndPtr)
            {
                ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lastCheckPointEndPtr;
                ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = lastCheckPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
 
                /* update local copy */
                LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
                LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
            }
            if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
                ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY;
        }
 
        /* we shall start with the latest checksum version */
        ControlFile->data_checksum_version = lastCheckPoint.dataChecksumState;
 
        UpdateControlFile();
    }
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    /*
     * Update the average distance between checkpoints/restartpoints if the
     * prior checkpoint exists.
     */
    if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(PriorRedoPtr))
        UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr);
 
    /*
     * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last restartpoint to
     * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
     */
    XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
 
    /*
     * Retreat _logSegNo using the current end of xlog replayed or received,
     * whichever is later.
     */
    receivePtr = GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(NULL, NULL);
    replayPtr = GetXLogReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
    endptr = (receivePtr < replayPtr) ? replayPtr : receivePtr;
    KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
 
    INJECTION_POINT("restartpoint-before-slot-invalidation", NULL);
 
    if (InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED | RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT,
                                           _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
                                           InvalidTransactionId))
    {
        /*
         * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
         * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
         */
        XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
    }
    _logSegNo--;
 
    /*
     * Try to recycle segments on a useful timeline. If we've been promoted
     * since the beginning of this restartpoint, use the new timeline chosen
     * at end of recovery.  If we're still in recovery, use the timeline we're
     * currently replaying.
     *
     * There is no guarantee that the WAL segments will be useful on the
     * current timeline; if recovery proceeds to a new timeline right after
     * this, the pre-allocated WAL segments on this timeline will not be used,
     * and will go wasted until recycled on the next restartpoint. We'll live
     * with that.
     */
    if (!RecoveryInProgress())
        replayTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
 
    RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, endptr, replayTLI);
 
    /*
     * Make more log segments if needed.  (Do this after recycling old log
     * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
     */
    PreallocXlogFiles(endptr, replayTLI);
 
    /*
     * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible.  We can throw away all data before
     * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction.  No future transaction will
     * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
     * in subtrans.c).  When hot standby is disabled, though, we mustn't do
     * this because StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
     */
    if (EnableHotStandby)
        TruncateSUBTRANS(GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning());
 
    /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
    LogCheckpointEnd(true, flags);
 
    /* Reset the process title */
    update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, true);
 
    xtime = GetLatestXTime();
    ereport((log_checkpoints ? LOG : DEBUG2),
            errmsg("recovery restart point at %X/%08X",
                   LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)),
            xtime ? errdetail("Last completed transaction was at log time %s.",
                              timestamptz_to_str(xtime)) : 0);
 
    /*
     * Finally, execute archive_cleanup_command, if any.
     */
    if (archiveCleanupCommand && strcmp(archiveCleanupCommand, "") != 0)
        ExecuteRecoveryCommand(archiveCleanupCommand,
                               "archive_cleanup_command",
                               false,
                               WAIT_EVENT_ARCHIVE_CLEANUP_COMMAND);
 
    return true;
}
 
/*
 * Report availability of WAL for the given target LSN
 *      (typically a slot's restart_lsn)
 *
 * Returns one of the following enum values:
 *
 * * WALAVAIL_RESERVED means targetLSN is available and it is in the range of
 *   max_wal_size.
 *
 * * WALAVAIL_EXTENDED means it is still available by preserving extra
 *   segments beyond max_wal_size. If max_slot_wal_keep_size is smaller
 *   than max_wal_size, this state is not returned.
 *
 * * WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED means it is being lost and the next checkpoint will
 *   remove reserved segments. The walsender using this slot may return to the
 *   above.
 *
 * * WALAVAIL_REMOVED means it has been removed. A replication stream on
 *   a slot with this LSN cannot continue.  (Any associated walsender
 *   processes should have been terminated already.)
 *
 * * WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN means the slot hasn't been set to reserve WAL.
 */
WALAvailability
GetWALAvailability(XLogRecPtr targetLSN)
{
    XLogRecPtr  currpos;        /* current write LSN */
    XLogSegNo   currSeg;        /* segid of currpos */
    XLogSegNo   targetSeg;      /* segid of targetLSN */
    XLogSegNo   oldestSeg;      /* actual oldest segid */
    XLogSegNo   oldestSegMaxWalSize;    /* oldest segid kept by max_wal_size */
    XLogSegNo   oldestSlotSeg;  /* oldest segid kept by slot */
    uint64      keepSegs;
 
    /*
     * slot does not reserve WAL. Either deactivated, or has never been active
     */
    if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(targetLSN))
        return WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN;
 
    /*
     * Calculate the oldest segment currently reserved by all slots,
     * considering wal_keep_size and max_slot_wal_keep_size.  Initialize
     * oldestSlotSeg to the current segment.
     */
    currpos = GetXLogWriteRecPtr();
    XLByteToSeg(currpos, oldestSlotSeg, wal_segment_size);
    KeepLogSeg(currpos, &oldestSlotSeg);
 
    /*
     * Find the oldest extant segment file. We get 1 until checkpoint removes
     * the first WAL segment file since startup, which causes the status being
     * wrong under certain abnormal conditions but that doesn't actually harm.
     */
    oldestSeg = XLogGetLastRemovedSegno() + 1;
 
    /* calculate oldest segment by max_wal_size */
    XLByteToSeg(currpos, currSeg, wal_segment_size);
    keepSegs = ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) + 1;
 
    if (currSeg > keepSegs)
        oldestSegMaxWalSize = currSeg - keepSegs;
    else
        oldestSegMaxWalSize = 1;
 
    /* the segment we care about */
    XLByteToSeg(targetLSN, targetSeg, wal_segment_size);
 
    /*
     * No point in returning reserved or extended status values if the
     * targetSeg is known to be lost.
     */
    if (targetSeg >= oldestSlotSeg)
    {
        /* show "reserved" when targetSeg is within max_wal_size */
        if (targetSeg >= oldestSegMaxWalSize)
            return WALAVAIL_RESERVED;
 
        /* being retained by slots exceeding max_wal_size */
        return WALAVAIL_EXTENDED;
    }
 
    /* WAL segments are no longer retained but haven't been removed yet */
    if (targetSeg >= oldestSeg)
        return WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED;
 
    /* Definitely lost */
    return WALAVAIL_REMOVED;
}
 
 
/*
 * Retreat *logSegNo to the last segment that we need to retain because of
 * either wal_keep_size or replication slots.
 *
 * This is calculated by subtracting wal_keep_size from the given xlog
 * location, recptr and by making sure that that result is below the
 * requirement of replication slots.  For the latter criterion we do consider
 * the effects of max_slot_wal_keep_size: reserve at most that much space back
 * from recptr.
 *
 * Note about replication slots: if this function calculates a value
 * that's further ahead than what slots need reserved, then affected
 * slots need to be invalidated and this function invoked again.
 * XXX it might be a good idea to rewrite this function so that
 * invalidation is optionally done here, instead.
 */
static void
KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo)
{
    XLogSegNo   currSegNo;
    XLogSegNo   segno;
    XLogRecPtr  keep;
 
    XLByteToSeg(recptr, currSegNo, wal_segment_size);
    segno = currSegNo;
 
    /* Calculate how many segments are kept by slots. */
    keep = XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN();
    if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(keep) && keep < recptr)
    {
        XLByteToSeg(keep, segno, wal_segment_size);
 
        /*
         * Account for max_slot_wal_keep_size to avoid keeping more than
         * configured.  However, don't do that during a binary upgrade: if
         * slots were to be invalidated because of this, it would not be
         * possible to preserve logical ones during the upgrade.
         */
        if (max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb >= 0 && !IsBinaryUpgrade)
        {
            uint64      slot_keep_segs;
 
            slot_keep_segs =
                ConvertToXSegs(max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size);
 
            if (currSegNo - segno > slot_keep_segs)
                segno = currSegNo - slot_keep_segs;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * If WAL summarization is in use, don't remove WAL that has yet to be
     * summarized.
     */
    keep = GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(NULL, NULL);
    if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(keep))
    {
        XLogSegNo   unsummarized_segno;
 
        XLByteToSeg(keep, unsummarized_segno, wal_segment_size);
        if (unsummarized_segno < segno)
            segno = unsummarized_segno;
    }
 
    /* but, keep at least wal_keep_size if that's set */
    if (wal_keep_size_mb > 0)
    {
        uint64      keep_segs;
 
        keep_segs = ConvertToXSegs(wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size);
        if (currSegNo - segno < keep_segs)
        {
            /* avoid underflow, don't go below 1 */
            if (currSegNo <= keep_segs)
                segno = 1;
            else
                segno = currSegNo - keep_segs;
        }
    }
 
    /* don't delete WAL segments newer than the calculated segment */
    if (segno < *logSegNo)
        *logSegNo = segno;
}
 
/*
 * Write a NEXTOID log record
 */
void
XLogPutNextOid(Oid nextOid)
{
    XLogBeginInsert();
    XLogRegisterData(&nextOid, sizeof(Oid));
    (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_NEXTOID);
 
    /*
     * We need not flush the NEXTOID record immediately, because any of the
     * just-allocated OIDs could only reach disk as part of a tuple insert or
     * update that would have its own XLOG record that must follow the NEXTOID
     * record.  Therefore, the standard buffer LSN interlock applied to those
     * records will ensure no such OID reaches disk before the NEXTOID record
     * does.
     *
     * Note, however, that the above statement only covers state "within" the
     * database.  When we use a generated OID as a file or directory name, we
     * are in a sense violating the basic WAL rule, because that filesystem
     * change may reach disk before the NEXTOID WAL record does.  The impact
     * of this is that if a database crash occurs immediately afterward, we
     * might after restart re-generate the same OID and find that it conflicts
     * with the leftover file or directory.  But since for safety's sake we
     * always loop until finding a nonconflicting filename, this poses no real
     * problem in practice. See pgsql-hackers discussion 27-Sep-2006.
     */
}
 
/*
 * Write an XLOG SWITCH record.
 *
 * Here we just blindly issue an XLogInsert request for the record.
 * All the magic happens inside XLogInsert.
 *
 * The return value is either the end+1 address of the switch record,
 * or the end+1 address of the prior segment if we did not need to
 * write a switch record because we are already at segment start.
 */
XLogRecPtr
RequestXLogSwitch(bool mark_unimportant)
{
    XLogRecPtr  RecPtr;
 
    /* XLOG SWITCH has no data */
    XLogBeginInsert();
 
    if (mark_unimportant)
        XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT);
    RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_SWITCH);
 
    return RecPtr;
}
 
/*
 * Write a RESTORE POINT record
 */
XLogRecPtr
XLogRestorePoint(const char *rpName)
{
    XLogRecPtr  RecPtr;
    xl_restore_point xlrec;
 
    xlrec.rp_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
    strlcpy(xlrec.rp_name, rpName, MAXFNAMELEN);
 
    XLogBeginInsert();
    XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_restore_point));
 
    RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_RESTORE_POINT);
 
    ereport(LOG,
            errmsg("restore point \"%s\" created at %X/%08X",
                   rpName, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)));
 
    return RecPtr;
}
 
/*
 * Write an empty XLOG record to assign a distinct LSN.
 *
 * This is used by some index AMs when building indexes on permanent relations
 * with wal_level=minimal.  In that scenario, WAL-logging will start after
 * commit, but the index AM needs distinct LSNs to detect concurrent page
 * modifications.  When the current WAL insert position hasn't advanced since
 * the last call, we emit a dummy record to ensure we get a new, distinct LSN.
 */
XLogRecPtr
XLogAssignLSN(void)
{
    int         dummy = 0;
 
    /*
     * Records other than XLOG_SWITCH must have content.  We use an integer 0
     * to satisfy this restriction.
     */
    XLogBeginInsert();
    XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT);
    XLogRegisterData(&dummy, sizeof(dummy));
    return XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_ASSIGN_LSN);
}
 
/*
 * Check if any of the GUC parameters that are critical for hot standby
 * have changed, and update the value in pg_control file if necessary.
 */
static void
XLogReportParameters(void)
{
    if (wal_level != ControlFile->wal_level ||
        wal_log_hints != ControlFile->wal_log_hints ||
        MaxConnections != ControlFile->MaxConnections ||
        max_worker_processes != ControlFile->max_worker_processes ||
        max_wal_senders != ControlFile->max_wal_senders ||
        max_prepared_xacts != ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts ||
        max_locks_per_xact != ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact ||
        track_commit_timestamp != ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp)
    {
        /*
         * The change in number of backend slots doesn't need to be WAL-logged
         * if archiving is not enabled, as you can't start archive recovery
         * with wal_level=minimal anyway. We don't really care about the
         * values in pg_control either if wal_level=minimal, but seems better
         * to keep them up-to-date to avoid confusion.
         */
        if (wal_level != ControlFile->wal_level || XLogIsNeeded())
        {
            xl_parameter_change xlrec;
            XLogRecPtr  recptr;
 
            xlrec.MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
            xlrec.max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
            xlrec.max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
            xlrec.max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
            xlrec.max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
            xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
            xlrec.wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
            xlrec.track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
 
            XLogBeginInsert();
            XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xlrec));
 
            recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE);
            XLogFlush(recptr);
        }
 
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
 
        ControlFile->MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
        ControlFile->max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
        ControlFile->max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
        ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
        ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
        ControlFile->wal_level = wal_level;
        ControlFile->wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
        ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
        UpdateControlFile();
 
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
    }
}
 
/*
 * Log the new state of checksums
 */
static void
XLogChecksums(uint32 new_type)
{
    xl_checksum_state xlrec;
    XLogRecPtr  recptr;
 
    xlrec.new_checksum_state = new_type;
 
    XLogBeginInsert();
    XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, sizeof(xl_checksum_state));
 
    recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG2_ID, XLOG2_CHECKSUMS);
    XLogFlush(recptr);
}
 
/*
 * Update full_page_writes in shared memory, and write an
 * XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record if necessary.
 *
 * Note: this function assumes there is no other process running
 * concurrently that could update it.
 */
void
UpdateFullPageWrites(void)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    bool        recoveryInProgress;
 
    /*
     * Do nothing if full_page_writes has not been changed.
     *
     * It's safe to check the shared full_page_writes without the lock,
     * because we assume that there is no concurrently running process which
     * can update it.
     */
    if (fullPageWrites == Insert->fullPageWrites)
        return;
 
    /*
     * Perform this outside critical section so that the WAL insert
     * initialization done by RecoveryInProgress() doesn't trigger an
     * assertion failure.
     */
    recoveryInProgress = RecoveryInProgress();
 
    START_CRIT_SECTION();
 
    /*
     * It's always safe to take full page images, even when not strictly
     * required, but not the other round. So if we're setting full_page_writes
     * to true, first set it true and then write the WAL record. If we're
     * setting it to false, first write the WAL record and then set the global
     * flag.
     */
    if (fullPageWrites)
    {
        WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
        Insert->fullPageWrites = true;
        WALInsertLockRelease();
    }
 
    /*
     * Write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record. This allows us to keep track of
     * full_page_writes during archive recovery, if required.
     */
    if (XLogStandbyInfoActive() && !recoveryInProgress)
    {
        XLogBeginInsert();
        XLogRegisterData(&fullPageWrites, sizeof(bool));
 
        XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_FPW_CHANGE);
    }
 
    if (!fullPageWrites)
    {
        WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
        Insert->fullPageWrites = false;
        WALInsertLockRelease();
    }
    END_CRIT_SECTION();
}
 
/*
 * XLOG resource manager's routines
 *
 * Definitions of info values are in include/catalog/pg_control.h, though
 * not all record types are related to control file updates.
 *
 * NOTE: Some XLOG record types that are directly related to WAL recovery
 * are handled in xlogrecovery_redo().
 */
void
xlog_redo(XLogReaderState *record)
{
    uint8       info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
    XLogRecPtr  lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
 
    /*
     * In XLOG rmgr, backup blocks are only used by XLOG_FPI and
     * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records.
     */
    Assert(info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT ||
           !XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(record));
 
    if (info == XLOG_NEXTOID)
    {
        Oid         nextOid;
 
        /*
         * We used to try to take the maximum of TransamVariables->nextOid and
         * the recorded nextOid, but that fails if the OID counter wraps
         * around.  Since no OID allocation should be happening during replay
         * anyway, better to just believe the record exactly.  We still take
         * OidGenLock while setting the variable, just in case.
         */
        memcpy(&nextOid, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(Oid));
        LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        TransamVariables->nextOid = nextOid;
        TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
        LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN)
    {
        CheckPoint  checkPoint;
        TimeLineID  replayTLI;
 
        memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
        /* In a SHUTDOWN checkpoint, believe the counters exactly */
        LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
        LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
        LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
        TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
        LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
        MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti,
                              checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
 
        MultiXactAdvanceOldest(checkPoint.oldestMulti,
                               checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
 
        /*
         * No need to set oldestClogXid here as well; it'll be set when we
         * redo an xl_clog_truncate if it changed since initialization.
         */
        SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
 
        /*
         * If we see a shutdown checkpoint while waiting for an end-of-backup
         * record, the backup was canceled and the end-of-backup record will
         * never arrive.
         */
        if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
            XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint) &&
            !XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupEndPoint))
            ereport(PANIC,
                    (errmsg("online backup was canceled, recovery cannot continue")));
 
        /*
         * If we see a shutdown checkpoint, we know that nothing was running
         * on the primary at this point. So fake-up an empty running-xacts
         * record and use that here and now. Recover additional standby state
         * for prepared transactions.
         */
        if (standbyState >= STANDBY_INITIALIZED)
        {
            TransactionId *xids;
            int         nxids;
            TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
            TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
            RunningTransactionsData running;
 
            oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
 
            /* Update pg_subtrans entries for any prepared transactions */
            StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions();
 
            /*
             * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a shut
             * down server, with only prepared transactions still alive. We're
             * never overflowed at this point because all subxids are listed
             * with their parent prepared transactions.
             */
            running.xcnt = nxids;
            running.subxcnt = 0;
            running.subxid_status = SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS;
            running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
            running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
            latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
            TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
            Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
            running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
            running.xids = xids;
 
            ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(&running);
        }
 
        /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
        ControlFile->data_checksum_version = checkPoint.dataChecksumState;
 
        UpdateControlFile();
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
        /*
         * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
         * record.
         */
        (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
        if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
            ereport(PANIC,
                    (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in shutdown checkpoint record",
                            checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
 
        RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
 
        /*
         * After replaying a checkpoint record, free all smgr objects.
         * Otherwise we would never do so for dropped relations, as the
         * startup does not process shared invalidation messages or call
         * AtEOXact_SMgr().
         */
        smgrdestroyall();
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
    {
        CheckPoint  checkPoint;
        TimeLineID  replayTLI;
 
        memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
        /* In an ONLINE checkpoint, treat the XID counter as a minimum */
        LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        if (FullTransactionIdPrecedes(TransamVariables->nextXid,
                                      checkPoint.nextXid))
            TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
        LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
 
        /*
         * We ignore the nextOid counter in an ONLINE checkpoint, preferring
         * to track OID assignment through XLOG_NEXTOID records.  The nextOid
         * counter is from the start of the checkpoint and might well be stale
         * compared to later XLOG_NEXTOID records.  We could try to take the
         * maximum of the nextOid counter and our latest value, but since
         * there's no particular guarantee about the speed with which the OID
         * counter wraps around, that's a risky thing to do.  In any case,
         * users of the nextOid counter are required to avoid assignment of
         * duplicates, so that a somewhat out-of-date value should be safe.
         */
 
        /* Handle multixact */
        MultiXactAdvanceNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti,
                                  checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
 
        /*
         * NB: This may perform multixact truncation when replaying WAL
         * generated by an older primary.
         */
        MultiXactAdvanceOldest(checkPoint.oldestMulti,
                               checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
        if (TransactionIdPrecedes(TransamVariables->oldestXid,
                                  checkPoint.oldestXid))
            SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid,
                                  checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
        /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
        /* TLI should not change in an on-line checkpoint */
        (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
        if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
            ereport(PANIC,
                    (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in online checkpoint record",
                            checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
 
        RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
 
        /*
         * After replaying a checkpoint record, free all smgr objects.
         * Otherwise we would never do so for dropped relations, as the
         * startup does not process shared invalidation messages or call
         * AtEOXact_SMgr().
         */
        smgrdestroyall();
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD)
    {
        /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY)
    {
        xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
        TimeLineID  replayTLI;
 
        memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
 
        /*
         * For Hot Standby, we could treat this like a Shutdown Checkpoint,
         * but this case is rarer and harder to test, so the benefit doesn't
         * outweigh the potential extra cost of maintenance.
         */
 
        /*
         * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
         * record.
         */
        (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
        if (xlrec.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
            ereport(PANIC,
                    (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in end-of-recovery record",
                            xlrec.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_NOOP)
    {
        /* nothing to do here */
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
    {
        /* nothing to do here */
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_RESTORE_POINT)
    {
        /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery.c */
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_ASSIGN_LSN)
    {
        /* nothing to do here, see XLogGetFakeLSN() */
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT)
    {
        /*
         * XLOG_FPI records contain nothing else but one or more block
         * references. Every block reference must include a full-page image
         * even if full_page_writes was disabled when the record was generated
         * - otherwise there would be no point in this record.
         *
         * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records are generated when a page needs to be
         * WAL-logged because of a hint bit update. They are only generated
         * when checksums and/or wal_log_hints are enabled. They may include
         * no full-page images if full_page_writes was disabled when they were
         * generated. In this case there is nothing to do here.
         *
         * No recovery conflicts are generated by these generic records - if a
         * resource manager needs to generate conflicts, it has to define a
         * separate WAL record type and redo routine.
         */
        for (uint8 block_id = 0; block_id <= XLogRecMaxBlockId(record); block_id++)
        {
            Buffer      buffer;
 
            if (!XLogRecHasBlockImage(record, block_id))
            {
                if (info == XLOG_FPI)
                    elog(ERROR, "XLOG_FPI record did not contain a full-page image");
                continue;
            }
 
            if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, block_id, &buffer) != BLK_RESTORED)
                elog(ERROR, "unexpected XLogReadBufferForRedo result when restoring backup block");
            UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
        }
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_BACKUP_END)
    {
        /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE)
    {
        xl_parameter_change xlrec;
 
        /* Update our copy of the parameters in pg_control */
        memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_parameter_change));
 
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        ControlFile->MaxConnections = xlrec.MaxConnections;
        ControlFile->max_worker_processes = xlrec.max_worker_processes;
        ControlFile->max_wal_senders = xlrec.max_wal_senders;
        ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = xlrec.max_prepared_xacts;
        ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = xlrec.max_locks_per_xact;
        ControlFile->wal_level = xlrec.wal_level;
        ControlFile->wal_log_hints = xlrec.wal_log_hints;
 
        /*
         * Update minRecoveryPoint to ensure that if recovery is aborted, we
         * recover back up to this point before allowing hot standby again.
         * This is important if the max_* settings are decreased, to ensure
         * you don't run queries against the WAL preceding the change. The
         * local copies cannot be updated as long as crash recovery is
         * happening and we expect all the WAL to be replayed.
         */
        if (InArchiveRecovery)
        {
            LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
            LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
        }
        if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
        {
            TimeLineID  replayTLI;
 
            (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
            ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lsn;
            ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
        }
 
        CommitTsParameterChange(xlrec.track_commit_timestamp,
                                ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp);
        ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = xlrec.track_commit_timestamp;
 
        UpdateControlFile();
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
        /* Check to see if any parameter change gives a problem on recovery */
        CheckRequiredParameterValues();
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_FPW_CHANGE)
    {
        bool        fpw;
 
        memcpy(&fpw, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(bool));
 
        /*
         * Update the LSN of the last replayed XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record so that
         * do_pg_backup_start() and do_pg_backup_stop() can check whether
         * full_page_writes has been disabled during online backup.
         */
        if (!fpw)
        {
            SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
            if (XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr < record->ReadRecPtr)
                XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr = record->ReadRecPtr;
            SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        }
 
        /* Keep track of full_page_writes */
        lastFullPageWrites = fpw;
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
    {
        xl_checkpoint_redo redo_rec;
        bool        new_state = false;
 
        memcpy(&redo_rec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_checkpoint_redo));
 
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = redo_rec.data_checksum_version;
        SetLocalDataChecksumState(redo_rec.data_checksum_version);
        if (redo_rec.data_checksum_version != ControlFile->data_checksum_version)
            new_state = true;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        if (new_state)
            EmitAndWaitDataChecksumsBarrier(redo_rec.data_checksum_version);
    }
    else if (info == XLOG_LOGICAL_DECODING_STATUS_CHANGE)
    {
        bool        status;
 
        memcpy(&status, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(bool));
 
        /*
         * We need to toggle the logical decoding status and update the
         * XLogLogicalInfo cache of processes synchronously because
         * XLogLogicalInfoActive() is used even during read-only queries
         * (e.g., via RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding()). In the
         * 'disable' case, it is safe to invalidate existing slots after
         * disabling logical decoding because logical decoding cannot process
         * subsequent WAL records, which may not contain logical information.
         */
        if (status)
            EnableLogicalDecoding();
        else
            DisableLogicalDecoding();
 
        elog(DEBUG1, "update logical decoding status to %d during recovery",
             status);
 
        if (InRecovery && InHotStandby)
        {
            if (!status)
            {
                /*
                 * Invalidate logical slots if we are in hot standby and the
                 * primary disabled logical decoding.
                 */
                InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_LEVEL,
                                                   0, InvalidOid,
                                                   InvalidTransactionId);
            }
            else if (sync_replication_slots)
            {
                /*
                 * Signal the postmaster to launch the slotsync worker.
                 *
                 * XXX: For simplicity, we keep the slotsync worker running
                 * even after logical decoding is disabled. A future
                 * improvement can consider starting and stopping the worker
                 * based on logical decoding status change.
                 */
                kill(PostmasterPid, SIGUSR1);
            }
        }
    }
}
 
void
xlog2_redo(XLogReaderState *record)
{
    uint8       info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
 
    if (info == XLOG2_CHECKSUMS)
    {
        xl_checksum_state state;
 
        memcpy(&state, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_checksum_state));
 
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = state.new_checksum_state;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
        ControlFile->data_checksum_version = state.new_checksum_state;
        UpdateControlFile();
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
        /*
         * Block on a procsignalbarrier to await all processes having seen the
         * change to checksum status. Once the barrier has been passed we can
         * initiate the corresponding processing.
         */
        EmitAndWaitDataChecksumsBarrier(state.new_checksum_state);
    }
}
 
/*
 * Return the extra open flags used for opening a file, depending on the
 * value of the GUCs wal_sync_method, fsync and debug_io_direct.
 */
static int
get_sync_bit(int method)
{
    int         o_direct_flag = 0;
 
    /*
     * Use O_DIRECT if requested, except in walreceiver process.  The WAL
     * written by walreceiver is normally read by the startup process soon
     * after it's written.  Also, walreceiver performs unaligned writes, which
     * don't work with O_DIRECT, so it is required for correctness too.
     */
    if ((io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) && !AmWalReceiverProcess())
        o_direct_flag = PG_O_DIRECT;
 
    /* If fsync is disabled, never open in sync mode */
    if (!enableFsync)
        return o_direct_flag;
 
    switch (method)
    {
            /*
             * enum values for all sync options are defined even if they are
             * not supported on the current platform.  But if not, they are
             * not included in the enum option array, and therefore will never
             * be seen here.
             */
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC:
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH:
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
            return o_direct_flag;
#ifdef O_SYNC
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
            return O_SYNC | o_direct_flag;
#endif
#ifdef O_DSYNC
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC:
            return O_DSYNC | o_direct_flag;
#endif
        default:
            /* can't happen (unless we are out of sync with option array) */
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized \"wal_sync_method\": %d", method);
            return 0;           /* silence warning */
    }
}
 
/*
 * GUC support
 */
void
assign_wal_sync_method(int new_wal_sync_method, void *extra)
{
    if (wal_sync_method != new_wal_sync_method)
    {
        /*
         * To ensure that no blocks escape unsynced, force an fsync on the
         * currently open log segment (if any).  Also, if the open flag is
         * changing, close the log file so it will be reopened (with new flag
         * bit) at next use.
         */
        if (openLogFile >= 0)
        {
            pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD_ASSIGN);
            if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
            {
                char        xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
                int         save_errno;
 
                save_errno = errno;
                XLogFileName(xlogfname, openLogTLI, openLogSegNo,
                             wal_segment_size);
                errno = save_errno;
                ereport(PANIC,
                        (errcode_for_file_access(),
                         errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
            }
 
            pgstat_report_wait_end();
            if (get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method) != get_sync_bit(new_wal_sync_method))
                XLogFileClose();
        }
    }
}
 
 
/*
 * Issue appropriate kind of fsync (if any) for an XLOG output file.
 *
 * 'fd' is a file descriptor for the XLOG file to be fsync'd.
 * 'segno' is for error reporting purposes.
 */
void
issue_xlog_fsync(int fd, XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
{
    char       *msg = NULL;
    instr_time  start;
 
    Assert(tli != 0);
 
    /*
     * Quick exit if fsync is disabled or write() has already synced the WAL
     * file.
     */
    if (!enableFsync ||
        wal_sync_method == WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN ||
        wal_sync_method == WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC)
        return;
 
    /*
     * Measure I/O timing to sync the WAL file for pg_stat_io.
     */
    start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
 
    pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC);
    switch (wal_sync_method)
    {
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC:
            if (pg_fsync_no_writethrough(fd) != 0)
                msg = _("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m");
            break;
#ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH:
            if (pg_fsync_writethrough(fd) != 0)
                msg = _("could not fsync write-through file \"%s\": %m");
            break;
#endif
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
            if (pg_fdatasync(fd) != 0)
                msg = _("could not fdatasync file \"%s\": %m");
            break;
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
        case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC:
            /* not reachable */
            Assert(false);
            break;
        default:
            ereport(PANIC,
                    errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                    errmsg_internal("unrecognized \"wal_sync_method\": %d", wal_sync_method));
            break;
    }
 
    /* PANIC if failed to fsync */
    if (msg)
    {
        char        xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
        int         save_errno = errno;
 
        XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
        errno = save_errno;
        ereport(PANIC,
                (errcode_for_file_access(),
                 errmsg(msg, xlogfname)));
    }
 
    pgstat_report_wait_end();
 
    pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_NORMAL, IOOP_FSYNC,
                            start, 1, 0);
}
 
/*
 * do_pg_backup_start is the workhorse of the user-visible pg_backup_start()
 * function. It creates the necessary starting checkpoint and constructs the
 * backup state and tablespace map.
 *
 * Input parameters are "state" (the backup state), "fast" (if true, we do
 * the checkpoint in fast mode), and "tablespaces" (if non-NULL, indicates a
 * list of tablespaceinfo structs describing the cluster's tablespaces.).
 *
 * The tablespace map contents are appended to passed-in parameter
 * tablespace_map and the caller is responsible for including it in the backup
 * archive as 'tablespace_map'. The tablespace_map file is required mainly for
 * tar format in windows as native windows utilities are not able to create
 * symlinks while extracting files from tar. However for consistency and
 * platform-independence, we do it the same way everywhere.
 *
 * It fills in "state" with the information required for the backup, such
 * as the minimum WAL location that must be present to restore from this
 * backup (starttli) and the corresponding timeline ID (starttli).
 *
 * Every successfully started backup must be stopped by calling
 * do_pg_backup_stop() or do_pg_abort_backup(). There can be many
 * backups active at the same time.
 *
 * It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to verify the
 * permissions of the calling user!
 */
void
do_pg_backup_start(const char *backupidstr, bool fast, List **tablespaces,
                   BackupState *state, StringInfo tblspcmapfile)
{
    bool        backup_started_in_recovery;
 
    Assert(state != NULL);
    backup_started_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
 
    /*
     * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
     * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
     */
    if (!backup_started_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
                 errhint("\"wal_level\" must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
 
    if (strlen(backupidstr) > MAXPGPATH)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                 errmsg("backup label too long (max %d bytes)",
                        MAXPGPATH)));
 
    strlcpy(state->name, backupidstr, sizeof(state->name));
 
    /*
     * Mark backup active in shared memory.  We must do full-page WAL writes
     * during an on-line backup even if not doing so at other times, because
     * it's quite possible for the backup dump to obtain a "torn" (partially
     * written) copy of a database page if it reads the page concurrently with
     * our write to the same page.  This can be fixed as long as the first
     * write to the page in the WAL sequence is a full-page write. Hence, we
     * increment runningBackups then force a CHECKPOINT, to ensure there are
     * no dirty pages in shared memory that might get dumped while the backup
     * is in progress without having a corresponding WAL record.  (Once the
     * backup is complete, we need not force full-page writes anymore, since
     * we expect that any pages not modified during the backup interval must
     * have been correctly captured by the backup.)
     *
     * Note that forcing full-page writes has no effect during an online
     * backup from the standby.
     *
     * We must hold all the insertion locks to change the value of
     * runningBackups, to ensure adequate interlocking against
     * XLogInsertRecord().
     */
    WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
    XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups++;
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    /*
     * Ensure we decrement runningBackups if we fail below. NB -- for this to
     * work correctly, it is critical that sessionBackupState is only updated
     * after this block is over.
     */
    PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(do_pg_abort_backup, BoolGetDatum(true));
    {
        bool        gotUniqueStartpoint = false;
        DIR        *tblspcdir;
        struct dirent *de;
        tablespaceinfo *ti;
        int         datadirpathlen;
 
        /*
         * Force an XLOG file switch before the checkpoint, to ensure that the
         * WAL segment the checkpoint is written to doesn't contain pages with
         * old timeline IDs.  That would otherwise happen if you called
         * pg_backup_start() right after restoring from a PITR archive: the
         * first WAL segment containing the startup checkpoint has pages in
         * the beginning with the old timeline ID.  That can cause trouble at
         * recovery: we won't have a history file covering the old timeline if
         * pg_wal directory was not included in the base backup and the WAL
         * archive was cleared too before starting the backup.
         *
         * During recovery, we skip forcing XLOG file switch, which means that
         * the backup taken during recovery is not available for the special
         * recovery case described above.
         */
        if (!backup_started_in_recovery)
            RequestXLogSwitch(false);
 
        do
        {
            bool        checkpointfpw;
 
            /*
             * Force a CHECKPOINT.  Aside from being necessary to prevent torn
             * page problems, this guarantees that two successive backup runs
             * will have different checkpoint positions and hence different
             * history file names, even if nothing happened in between.
             *
             * During recovery, establish a restartpoint if possible. We use
             * the last restartpoint as the backup starting checkpoint. This
             * means that two successive backup runs can have same checkpoint
             * positions.
             *
             * Since the fact that we are executing do_pg_backup_start()
             * during recovery means that checkpointer is running, we can use
             * RequestCheckpoint() to establish a restartpoint.
             *
             * We use CHECKPOINT_FAST only if requested by user (via passing
             * fast = true).  Otherwise this can take awhile.
             */
            RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT |
                              (fast ? CHECKPOINT_FAST : 0));
 
            /*
             * Now we need to fetch the checkpoint record location, and also
             * its REDO pointer.  The oldest point in WAL that would be needed
             * to restore starting from the checkpoint is precisely the REDO
             * pointer.
             */
            LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
            state->checkpointloc = ControlFile->checkPoint;
            state->startpoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
            state->starttli = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
            checkpointfpw = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.fullPageWrites;
            LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
            if (backup_started_in_recovery)
            {
                XLogRecPtr  recptr;
 
                /*
                 * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup
                 * (i.e., since last restartpoint used as backup starting
                 * checkpoint) contain full-page writes.
                 */
                SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
                recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
                SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
                if (!checkpointfpw || state->startpoint <= recptr)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                             errmsg("WAL generated with \"full_page_writes=off\" was replayed "
                                    "since last restartpoint"),
                             errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
                                     "is corrupt and should not be used. "
                                     "Enable \"full_page_writes\" and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
                                     "and then try an online backup again.")));
 
                /*
                 * During recovery, since we don't use the end-of-backup WAL
                 * record and don't write the backup history file, the
                 * starting WAL location doesn't need to be unique. This means
                 * that two base backups started at the same time might use
                 * the same checkpoint as starting locations.
                 */
                gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
            }
 
            /*
             * If two base backups are started at the same time (in WAL sender
             * processes), we need to make sure that they use different
             * checkpoints as starting locations, because we use the starting
             * WAL location as a unique identifier for the base backup in the
             * end-of-backup WAL record and when we write the backup history
             * file. Perhaps it would be better generate a separate unique ID
             * for each backup instead of forcing another checkpoint, but
             * taking a checkpoint right after another is not that expensive
             * either because only few buffers have been dirtied yet.
             */
            WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
            if (XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart < state->startpoint)
            {
                XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart = state->startpoint;
                gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
            }
            WALInsertLockRelease();
        } while (!gotUniqueStartpoint);
 
        /*
         * Construct tablespace_map file.
         */
        datadirpathlen = strlen(DataDir);
 
        /* Collect information about all tablespaces */
        tblspcdir = AllocateDir(PG_TBLSPC_DIR);
        while ((de = ReadDir(tblspcdir, PG_TBLSPC_DIR)) != NULL)
        {
            char        fullpath[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(PG_TBLSPC_DIR)];
            char        linkpath[MAXPGPATH];
            char       *relpath = NULL;
            char       *s;
            PGFileType  de_type;
            char       *badp;
            Oid         tsoid;
 
            /*
             * Try to parse the directory name as an unsigned integer.
             *
             * Tablespace directories should be positive integers that can be
             * represented in 32 bits, with no leading zeroes or trailing
             * garbage. If we come across a name that doesn't meet those
             * criteria, skip it.
             */
            if (de->d_name[0] < '1' || de->d_name[1] > '9')
                continue;
            errno = 0;
            tsoid = strtoul(de->d_name, &badp, 10);
            if (*badp != '\0' || errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
                continue;
 
            snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/%s", PG_TBLSPC_DIR, de->d_name);
 
            de_type = get_dirent_type(fullpath, de, false, ERROR);
 
            if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_LNK)
            {
                StringInfoData escapedpath;
                int         rllen;
 
                rllen = readlink(fullpath, linkpath, sizeof(linkpath));
                if (rllen < 0)
                {
                    ereport(WARNING,
                            (errmsg("could not read symbolic link \"%s\": %m",
                                    fullpath)));
                    continue;
                }
                else if (rllen >= sizeof(linkpath))
                {
                    ereport(WARNING,
                            (errmsg("symbolic link \"%s\" target is too long",
                                    fullpath)));
                    continue;
                }
                linkpath[rllen] = '\0';
 
                /*
                 * Relpath holds the relative path of the tablespace directory
                 * when it's located within PGDATA, or NULL if it's located
                 * elsewhere.
                 */
                if (rllen > datadirpathlen &&
                    strncmp(linkpath, DataDir, datadirpathlen) == 0 &&
                    IS_DIR_SEP(linkpath[datadirpathlen]))
                    relpath = pstrdup(linkpath + datadirpathlen + 1);
 
                /*
                 * Add a backslash-escaped version of the link path to the
                 * tablespace map file.
                 */
                initStringInfo(&escapedpath);
                for (s = linkpath; *s; s++)
                {
                    if (*s == '\n' || *s == '\r' || *s == '\\')
                        appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, '\\');
                    appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, *s);
                }
                appendStringInfo(tblspcmapfile, "%s %s\n",
                                 de->d_name, escapedpath.data);
                pfree(escapedpath.data);
            }
            else if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_DIR)
            {
                /*
                 * It's possible to use allow_in_place_tablespaces to create
                 * directories directly under pg_tblspc, for testing purposes
                 * only.
                 *
                 * In this case, we store a relative path rather than an
                 * absolute path into the tablespaceinfo.
                 */
                snprintf(linkpath, sizeof(linkpath), "%s/%s",
                         PG_TBLSPC_DIR, de->d_name);
                relpath = pstrdup(linkpath);
            }
            else
            {
                /* Skip any other file type that appears here. */
                continue;
            }
 
            ti = palloc_object(tablespaceinfo);
            ti->oid = tsoid;
            ti->path = pstrdup(linkpath);
            ti->rpath = relpath;
            ti->size = -1;
 
            if (tablespaces)
                *tablespaces = lappend(*tablespaces, ti);
        }
        FreeDir(tblspcdir);
 
        state->starttime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
    }
    PG_END_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(do_pg_abort_backup, BoolGetDatum(true));
 
    state->started_in_recovery = backup_started_in_recovery;
 
    /*
     * Mark that the start phase has correctly finished for the backup.
     */
    sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_RUNNING;
}
 
/*
 * Utility routine to fetch the session-level status of a backup running.
 */
SessionBackupState
get_backup_status(void)
{
    return sessionBackupState;
}
 
/*
 * do_pg_backup_stop
 *
 * Utility function called at the end of an online backup.  It creates history
 * file (if required), resets sessionBackupState and so on.  It can optionally
 * wait for WAL segments to be archived.
 *
 * "state" is filled with the information necessary to restore from this
 * backup with its stop LSN (stoppoint), its timeline ID (stoptli), etc.
 *
 * It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to verify the
 * permissions of the calling user!
 */
void
do_pg_backup_stop(BackupState *state, bool waitforarchive)
{
    bool        backup_stopped_in_recovery = false;
    char        histfilepath[MAXPGPATH];
    char        lastxlogfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
    char        histfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
    XLogSegNo   _logSegNo;
    FILE       *fp;
    int         seconds_before_warning;
    int         waits = 0;
    bool        reported_waiting = false;
 
    Assert(state != NULL);
 
    backup_stopped_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
 
    /*
     * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
     * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
     */
    if (!backup_stopped_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
                 errhint("\"wal_level\" must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
 
    /*
     * OK to update backup counter and session-level lock.
     *
     * Note that CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() must not occur while updating them,
     * otherwise they can be updated inconsistently, which might cause
     * do_pg_abort_backup() to fail.
     */
    WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
 
    /*
     * It is expected that each do_pg_backup_start() call is matched by
     * exactly one do_pg_backup_stop() call.
     */
    Assert(XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups > 0);
    XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups--;
 
    /*
     * Clean up session-level lock.
     *
     * You might think that WALInsertLockRelease() can be called before
     * cleaning up session-level lock because session-level lock doesn't need
     * to be protected with WAL insertion lock. But since
     * CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() can occur in it, session-level lock must be
     * cleaned up before it.
     */
    sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
 
    WALInsertLockRelease();
 
    /*
     * If we are taking an online backup from the standby, we confirm that the
     * standby has not been promoted during the backup.
     */
    if (state->started_in_recovery && !backup_stopped_in_recovery)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("the standby was promoted during online backup"),
                 errhint("This means that the backup being taken is corrupt "
                         "and should not be used. "
                         "Try taking another online backup.")));
 
    /*
     * During recovery, we don't write an end-of-backup record. We assume that
     * pg_control was backed up last and its minimum recovery point can be
     * available as the backup end location. Since we don't have an
     * end-of-backup record, we use the pg_control value to check whether
     * we've reached the end of backup when starting recovery from this
     * backup. We have no way of checking if pg_control wasn't backed up last
     * however.
     *
     * We don't force a switch to new WAL file but it is still possible to
     * wait for all the required files to be archived if waitforarchive is
     * true. This is okay if we use the backup to start a standby and fetch
     * the missing WAL using streaming replication. But in the case of an
     * archive recovery, a user should set waitforarchive to true and wait for
     * them to be archived to ensure that all the required files are
     * available.
     *
     * We return the current minimum recovery point as the backup end
     * location. Note that it can be greater than the exact backup end
     * location if the minimum recovery point is updated after the backup of
     * pg_control. This is harmless for current uses.
     *
     * XXX currently a backup history file is for informational and debug
     * purposes only. It's not essential for an online backup. Furthermore,
     * even if it's created, it will not be archived during recovery because
     * an archiver is not invoked. So it doesn't seem worthwhile to write a
     * backup history file during recovery.
     */
    if (backup_stopped_in_recovery)
    {
        XLogRecPtr  recptr;
 
        /*
         * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup contain
         * full-page writes.
         */
        SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
        recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
        SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
 
        if (state->startpoint <= recptr)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                     errmsg("WAL generated with \"full_page_writes=off\" was replayed "
                            "during online backup"),
                     errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
                             "is corrupt and should not be used. "
                             "Enable \"full_page_writes\" and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
                             "and then try an online backup again.")));
 
 
        LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
        state->stoppoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
        state->stoptli = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
        LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
    }
    else
    {
        char       *history_file;
 
        /*
         * Write the backup-end xlog record
         */
        XLogBeginInsert();
        XLogRegisterData(&state->startpoint,
                         sizeof(state->startpoint));
        state->stoppoint = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_BACKUP_END);
 
        /*
         * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
         * change, so we can read it without a lock.
         */
        state->stoptli = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
 
        /*
         * Force a switch to a new xlog segment file, so that the backup is
         * valid as soon as archiver moves out the current segment file.
         */
        RequestXLogSwitch(false);
 
        state->stoptime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
 
        /*
         * Write the backup history file
         */
        XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        BackupHistoryFilePath(histfilepath, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
                              state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
        fp = AllocateFile(histfilepath, "w");
        if (!fp)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
                            histfilepath)));
 
        /* Build and save the contents of the backup history file */
        history_file = build_backup_content(state, true);
        fprintf(fp, "%s", history_file);
        pfree(history_file);
 
        if (fflush(fp) || ferror(fp) || FreeFile(fp))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode_for_file_access(),
                     errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m",
                            histfilepath)));
 
        /*
         * Clean out any no-longer-needed history files.  As a side effect,
         * this will post a .ready file for the newly created history file,
         * notifying the archiver that history file may be archived
         * immediately.
         */
        CleanupBackupHistory();
    }
 
    /*
     * If archiving is enabled, wait for all the required WAL files to be
     * archived before returning. If archiving isn't enabled, the required WAL
     * needs to be transported via streaming replication (hopefully with
     * wal_keep_size set high enough), or some more exotic mechanism like
     * polling and copying files from pg_wal with script. We have no knowledge
     * of those mechanisms, so it's up to the user to ensure that he gets all
     * the required WAL.
     *
     * We wait until both the last WAL file filled during backup and the
     * history file have been archived, and assume that the alphabetic sorting
     * property of the WAL files ensures any earlier WAL files are safely
     * archived as well.
     *
     * We wait forever, since archive_command is supposed to work and we
     * assume the admin wanted his backup to work completely. If you don't
     * wish to wait, then either waitforarchive should be passed in as false,
     * or you can set statement_timeout.  Also, some notices are issued to
     * clue in anyone who might be doing this interactively.
     */
 
    if (waitforarchive &&
        ((!backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingActive()) ||
         (backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingAlways())))
    {
        XLByteToPrevSeg(state->stoppoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        XLogFileName(lastxlogfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
                     wal_segment_size);
 
        XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
        BackupHistoryFileName(histfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
                              state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
 
        seconds_before_warning = 60;
        waits = 0;
 
        while (XLogArchiveIsBusy(lastxlogfilename) ||
               XLogArchiveIsBusy(histfilename))
        {
            CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
 
            if (!reported_waiting && waits > 5)
            {
                ereport(NOTICE,
                        (errmsg("base backup done, waiting for required WAL segments to be archived")));
                reported_waiting = true;
            }
 
            (void) WaitLatch(MyLatch,
                             WL_LATCH_SET | WL_TIMEOUT | WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
                             1000L,
                             WAIT_EVENT_BACKUP_WAIT_WAL_ARCHIVE);
            ResetLatch(MyLatch);
 
            if (++waits >= seconds_before_warning)
            {
                seconds_before_warning *= 2;    /* This wraps in >10 years... */
                ereport(WARNING,
                        (errmsg("still waiting for all required WAL segments to be archived (%d seconds elapsed)",
                                waits),
                         errhint("Check that your \"archive_command\" is executing properly.  "
                                 "You can safely cancel this backup, "
                                 "but the database backup will not be usable without all the WAL segments.")));
            }
        }
 
        ereport(NOTICE,
                (errmsg("all required WAL segments have been archived")));
    }
    else if (waitforarchive)
        ereport(NOTICE,
                (errmsg("WAL archiving is not enabled; you must ensure that all required WAL segments are copied through other means to complete the backup")));
}
 
 
/*
 * do_pg_abort_backup: abort a running backup
 *
 * This does just the most basic steps of do_pg_backup_stop(), by taking the
 * system out of backup mode, thus making it a lot more safe to call from
 * an error handler.
 *
 * 'arg' indicates that it's being called during backup setup; so
 * sessionBackupState has not been modified yet, but runningBackups has
 * already been incremented.  When it's false, then it's invoked as a
 * before_shmem_exit handler, and therefore we must not change state
 * unless sessionBackupState indicates that a backup is actually running.
 *
 * NB: This gets used as a PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP callback and
 * before_shmem_exit handler, hence the odd-looking signature.
 */
void
do_pg_abort_backup(int code, Datum arg)
{
    bool        during_backup_start = DatumGetBool(arg);
 
    /* If called during backup start, there shouldn't be one already running */
    Assert(!during_backup_start || sessionBackupState == SESSION_BACKUP_NONE);
 
    if (during_backup_start || sessionBackupState != SESSION_BACKUP_NONE)
    {
        WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
        Assert(XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups > 0);
        XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups--;
 
        sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
        WALInsertLockRelease();
 
        if (!during_backup_start)
            ereport(WARNING,
                    errmsg("aborting backup due to backend exiting before pg_backup_stop was called"));
    }
}
 
/*
 * Register a handler that will warn about unterminated backups at end of
 * session, unless this has already been done.
 */
void
register_persistent_abort_backup_handler(void)
{
    static bool already_done = false;
 
    if (already_done)
        return;
    before_shmem_exit(do_pg_abort_backup, BoolGetDatum(false));
    already_done = true;
}
 
/*
 * Get latest WAL insert pointer
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetXLogInsertRecPtr(void)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    uint64      current_bytepos;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
    current_bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
    SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
 
    return XLogBytePosToRecPtr(current_bytepos);
}
 
/*
 * Get latest WAL record end pointer
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetXLogInsertEndRecPtr(void)
{
    XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
    uint64      current_bytepos;
 
    SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
    current_bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
    SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
 
    return XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(current_bytepos);
}
 
/*
 * Get latest WAL write pointer
 */
XLogRecPtr
GetXLogWriteRecPtr(void)
{
    RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
 
    return LogwrtResult.Write;
}
 
/*
 * Returns the redo pointer of the last checkpoint or restartpoint. This is
 * the oldest point in WAL that we still need, if we have to restart recovery.
 */
void
GetOldestRestartPoint(XLogRecPtr *oldrecptr, TimeLineID *oldtli)
{
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
    *oldrecptr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
    *oldtli = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
}
 
/* Thin wrapper around ShutdownWalRcv(). */
void
XLogShutdownWalRcv(void)
{
    Assert(AmStartupProcess() || !IsUnderPostmaster);
 
    ShutdownWalRcv();
    ResetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
}
 
/* Enable WAL file recycling and preallocation. */
void
SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
{
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = true;
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
}
 
/* Disable WAL file recycling and preallocation. */
void
ResetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
{
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = false;
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
}
 
bool
IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
{
    bool        result;
 
    LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
    result = XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive;
    LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
 
    return result;
}
 
/*
 * Update the WalWriterSleeping flag.
 */
void
SetWalWriterSleeping(bool sleeping)
{
    SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
    XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = sleeping;
    SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
}